Béu : Discarded Stuff: Difference between revisions

From FrathWiki
Jump to navigationJump to search
 
(71 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
== ..... From copula's==


I DON'T UNDERSTAND WHAT I MEAN IN THE THIRD ONE ?
== ... The time of day==


'''fàin''' should be used when the advantage that the proposed course of action brings, is for the benefit of a third party and/or the proposed course of action will be approved of by society at large.  
..
 
The 24 hour period has six major divisions. Starting at six in the morning (in our system).


'''boʒi''' should be used when the benefits of the proposed course of action is mainly to the speaker or the speakee.  
[[Image:SW_181.png]]


'''neʒi''' ... when followed by a clause in the past or perfect tense, means that from things apparent now, the course of action contained in the clause, must have happened in the past [i.e.  so it is not a hundred miles away from the '''n''' evidential in the verb train]. When followed by a clause in the aortist or future tense ... then the meaning is not a hundred miles away from the modal sentences introduced by '''yái''' or '''byó'''.
Two things are a bit unusual here ...


1) Zero time is the last period of the day.


== ..... A passive voice==
2) Literally "the two hundreds" (for example) would be '''imau.a''', so '''imaus''' is a bit idiomatic.


..
..


But first a discussion about the English passive construction.
'''jù aús''' means "zero period" [ it is hard to decide which is the "head" in this expression ... no matter. The important bit is that all six periods rhyme ;-) ]


..
As for the others, well a bit of a dispute there, some think '''a?aus''' is a contraction of '''a?au aús''', some think it is '''a?au''' with the adverbial marker -'''s'''. Again ...no matter.


[[Image:TW_639.png]]


..


Now you way wonder why I specified the second construction as 'subject' + 'passive verb' ... why not  'subject' + 'copula' + 'adjective' as in the first case.
OK ... we have divided the day into 4 hour segments. We can further divide each of these major time periods into six 40 minute intervals. By way of example, lets sub-divide the evening.


Well there can be a difference in meaning between the two sentences. Suppose the lawn is habitually "mown" (albeit at longish intervals) by Jack. Then the second sentence tells us nothing about the present state of the lawn ... it could be quite overgrown. Now look at the first sentence ... imagine it has the same meaning as the second sentence but we were too lazy to mention the agent.  
..


Can you see "an overgrown lawn" ... then think back to the first sentence when you first encountered it. Can you see see a "neat lawn". And then take in the meaning of the second sentence again and look back at the first. Can you see the "overgrown lawn" again. It is a bit like looking at one of these optical illusion ...
{|border=1
  |align=center| 18:00 => 18:40
  |align=center| '''ejaus jù aús''' ....
  |align=center| evening, zero period
  |-
  |align=center| 18:40 => 19:20
  |align=center| '''ejaus a?ai.a'''
  |align=center| evening, the tens
  |-
  |align=center| 19:20 => 20:00
  |align=center| '''ejaus imai.a'''
  |align=center| evening, the twenties
  |-
  |align=center| 20:00 => 20:40
  |align=center| '''ejaus uyai.a'''
  |align=center| evening, the thirties
  |-
  |align=center| 20:40 => 21:20
  |align=center| '''ejaus ejai.a'''
  |align=center| evening, the forties
  |-
  |align=center| 21:20 => 22:00
  |align=center| '''ejaus ofai.a'''
  |align=center| evening, the fifties
  |}


..
..


[[Image:TW_640.png]]
Note : 02:00 => 02:40 is called '''jù aús jù aús'''. I guess if it was used a lot it would get eroded to '''jù jù aús''' but I don't see this period of time being talk about a lot..


..
..


Now "mow" is a dynanic verb ... if you dwell on the concept you can see action, you can see people doing things. However "mown" is basically an adjective ... hence "is mown" (what I call a passive verb) is a "static verb". It has none of the movement associated with "mow". However we can resurrect this movement by using a "change of state" copula instead of the "static" copula. For example ...
Now '''aús''' relates to a period of time. '''jé''' (meaning "at" but w.r.t. time) relates to an instant of time. It is logical to think that if we keep dividing up a period of time we would approach to an instant in time. A further division by 6 gives us 6 minutes + 40 seconds. In '''béu''' culture this is considered an instant ... like if you arranged to meet somebody, the meeting would only be specified to the nearest 6 minutes + 40 seconds (I guess it is quite a relaxed culture).
 
By way of example, lets sub-divide "evening, the forties".


..
..


Someone mows the lawn ..... active voice ......... dymamic
{|border=1
  |align=center| 20:40:00 => 20:46:40 ....  
  |align=center| '''jé jà jà jù'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| 20:46:40 => 20:53:20
  |align=center| '''jé jà jà ?à'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| 20:53:20 => 21:00:00
  |align=center| '''jé jà jà mà'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| 21:00:00 => 21:06:40
  |align=center| '''jé jà jà yà'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| 21:06:40 => 21:13:20
  |align=center| '''jé jà jà jà'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| 21:13:20 => 21:20:00
  |align=center| '''jé jà jà fà'''
  |align=center|
  |}


"The lawn is mown" ............. passive voice ....... static situation
..


"The lawn gets mown" ......... passive voice ....... dynamic situation
When these special short number forms are used, you always have three of them and they always follow '''jé'''


..
..


OK back to '''béu'''. '''béu''' uses the verb '''wè''' "to pass through, undergo, to bear, to endure, to stand"  '''+ maŋga'''/'''maŋgas''' for its passive construction. For example ...
Every instant that end if '''''' has an alternative form. For example '''jé jà jà jù''' can also be expressed as '''ejaus jé ejai'''


'''jene wore timpas (hí jono)''' = jane was hit (by john) earlier on today
There are two fixed times that have a special name. Midday which is when '''imaus imai.a''' changes to '''imaus uyai.a''' is called '''haimo'''. Midnight which is when '''ofaus imai.a''' changes to '''ofaus uyai.a''' is called '''yenu'''


This method conserves the original dynamic-ness/static-ness of the base verb (unlike the German, English, Swedish, Spanish and Italian method of passivization)  ...  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Voice_(grammar)
Dawn is called '''koibai''' and dusk is called '''koikau'''. These of course depend on the time of year and the latitude. '''koikau''' has a religious significance.


Notice if Jane "underwent an examination", or "passed through many hardships", or "endured a long journey with a frightful bore" then Jane would be '''jenes''' ... she would be ergative.
'''koikau''' => '''koibai''' is called '''noice''' "night" : '''koibai''' => '''koikau''' is called '''kolze''' "day time"


But as we have '''maŋga'''/'''maŋgas'''and not a noun, she takes the unmarked case.
[[Image:SW_183.png]]


'''''' is a particle that reveals the agent. Similar to "by" in English.
A system of rough time keeping is based '''noice''' and '''kolze'''. '''hái''' means "high" and '''guboi''' "deep". '''hua.is''' means "early" and '''ucia''' "late".


Remember that '''maŋgas''' is one instance of the action. Usually ? when '''wè''' has a non-aortist tense we have a '''maŋgas''', but '''wè''' has the aortist tense we have '''maŋga''' . For example ...
The above example represents a winters day.


..
..


1) Jane was hit => '''jene wori timpas'''
There is a subsiduary method of time keeping that is common. It is based on the local time at Mangareva. Mangareva is a small pacific island : 23 06 34 S : 134 57 57 W


2) Jane will be hit =>  '''jene woru timpas'''
When you are giving Mangareva time you simply put '''tekan''' "world" in front of the time expression. '''tekan''' time is basically GMT -9 hours.


3) Jane is being hit => '''jene wora timpas'''
..


4) Jane is hit''*''' => '''jene wor timpa'''
Every town has a clocktower and the clocktower has 4 faces, which are aligned with the cardinal directions. The street pattern is also so aligned : that is the four biggest streets radiate out from the clock in the cardinal directions.


..
..


Now evidentials can be added as well. For example ...
[[Image:SW_178.png]]


5)  '''jene woria timpas''' => I saw Jane being hit
...................... The East Face ............................. The North Face .............................. The West Face ............................... The South Face


6)  '''jene worun timpas''' => I guess Jane will be hit
..


7)  '''jene woras timpas''' => They say Jane is being hit ...  
All three hands move anti-clockwise. The big black hand sweeps out one revolution every 24 hours and the middle hand sweeps out a revolution every 4 hours. The small hand every 40 minutes.


and even ... 8) '''jene worua timpas''' => Jane intends to be hit
All of the hands have step-motion.


9) '''jene woron timpa''' ('''hí bàu''') => I guess Jane is hit'''*''' (by her husband)
The black hand once every four hours ... 60 degrees at a time.
 
The middle hand moves once every 6 2/3 minutes ... it moves 10 degrees.
 
The small hand moves once every 33 1/3 seconds ... it moves 5 degrees.
 
The clocks usually have a sound system associated with them. This sound systems depend on the local area.
 
A common sub-system is for sound1 everytime the black hand moves.
 
Sometimes there are sound2 midway between the black hand moving.
 
And there are other systems. Often it is decided that the sounds can be done away with or partially done away with at night.
 
Would a sound3 everytime time the middle hand moved be helpful ... perhaps just stress causing ??
 
The clocktower is surmounted by a green conic roof (actually not really conic ... the roof slope decreases as you get nearer the bottom). Lighting from under the roof could be provided for each face. Either that or the faces could be illuminated from within at night. The faces are not exactly vertical but the top slightly overhangs the bottom.
 
There is never any numbering on the face.


..
..


Note ... 1 & 9 have '''maŋgas''' while 2-> 7 have  '''maŋga'''
[One possible system ... Every 2 of our hours the clock makes a deep "boing" which reverberates for some time. Also from 6 in the morning to 6 at night, the clock emits a "boing" every 30 of our minutes. The first "boing" has no accompaniment. However the second "boing" is followed (well actually when the "boing" is only .67 % dissipated) by a "sharper" sound that dies down a lot quicker. Lets call this the  "teen" sound. The third "boing" has 2 "teen"s 0.72 seconds apart. The fourth has 3 "teen"s. The fifth one is back to the single "boing" and so it continues through-out the daylight hours]


..
..


However  '''wè''' is not normally seen with the perfect aspect ... it is a bit infelicitous.. It is usual to use the copula + "past participle"'''**''' in these situations. For example ...
== ... Ways to join clauses timewise==


..
..


?''' jene woriyə timpas''' => '''jene ri timpia''' = Jane was hit '''***'''
In the previous sections we have seen how to give time information. However there is another way to give the time ... with respect to an evert or action.
 
? ''' jene woruye timpas''' => '''jene ru timpia''' = Jane will be hit '''***'''


?''' jene woryə timpas''' =>  '''jene r timpia''' = Jane is hit '''***'''
We will cover six particles in this section which allow us to give time information with respect to an event ... '''wola koca beda kogan began''' and '''jindu'''.


..
..


'''*'''This is about "action" not a "state" ... a habitual action in fact. [ See the discussion about Engish at the top of this section ]
'''wola*''' = "while" ( or "when")


'''**'''Actually I prefer to call this the "passive" participle". However the name is not important. Whether it is called the "past participle" or the "passive" participle" will not change how it acts by one iota.
'''koca''' = before


'''***'''"hit" is actually an adjective here (I think ... it all can get quite confusing)
'''beda''' = after


..
'''kogan''' = until


== ..... The inverse plural series==
'''began''' = since


{| border=1
'''jindu''' = as soon as
  |align=center| '''ʔupo'''
  |align=center| trees
  |align=center| '''ʔupai'''
  |align=left| a tree
  |-
  |align=center| '''bode'''
  |align=center| small birds
  |align=center| '''bodai'''
  |align=left| a small bird
  |-
  |align=center| '''fiʒi'''
  |align=center| fish
  |align=center| '''fizai'''
  |align=left| a fish
  |-
  |align=center| '''yinki'''
  |align=center| crumpet
  |align=center| '''yinkai'''
  |align=left| a young unmarried woman, an attractive girl, a virgin
  |-
  |align=center| '''toti'''
  |align=center| children
  |align=center| '''totai'''
  |align=left| a child
  |-
  |align=center| '''wazbia'''
  |align=center| distance
  |align=center| '''wazbai'''
  |align=left| 3,680 m (the unit used for measuring distance)
  |-
  |align=center| '''maba'''
  |align=center| parents
  |align=center| '''mabai'''
  |align=left| a parent
  |-
  |align=center| '''yaja'''
  |align=center| offspring
  |align=center| '''yajai'''
  |align=left| a child
  |-
  |align=center| '''cawa'''
  |align=center| grandparents
  |align=center| '''cawai'''
  |align=left| a grandparents
  |-
  |align=center| '''fapa'''
  |align=center| grandchildren
  |align=center| '''fapai'''
  |align=left| a grandchild
  |-
  |align=center| '''data'''
  |align=center| brothers
  |align=center| '''datai'''
  |align=left| a brother
  |-
  |align=center| '''gaka'''
  |align=center| sisters
  |align=center| '''gakai'''
  |align=left| a sister
  |-
  |align=center| '''daga'''
  |align=center| elder syblings
  |align=center| '''dagai'''
  |align=left| an elder syblings
  |-
  |align=center| '''taka'''
  |align=center| younger syblings
  |align=center| '''takai'''
  |align=left| a younger sybling
  |}




'''gwái''' = island, '''gwai.a''' = islands
In a similar manner to English, they can either introduce a clause, a noun (that designates a time) or an infinitive phrase.




Note ... '''alhade''' = a bunch of flowers, a bouquet ... '''fiʒide''' = a school of fish ... '''bodede''' = a flock of birds ... '''ʔupode''' = forest
“After I ate breakfast”


== ..... Functions of làu==
“After the gold rush”


I DECIDED LAÙ SHOULD NOT PRECIDE NOUNS ...
“After the eating of my breakfast”


[actually '''jono r làu bòi jenewo''' can also be expressed as  '''jono r làu jene boiwo''' ... the two forms mean exactly the same ('''boiwo''' = '''boimiwo''' [with respect to goodness] but -'''mi'''- is inevitably dropped when -'''wo''' is adjoined) ]


And another example ...
The above are all time adverb phrases. A time adverb phrase is a dependent clause'''**''' (called an under clause in '''béu''') ... shown in red below. The main clause is shown in yellow.


'''jono r làu bòi jenewo kludauwo''' = "john is as good at writing as jane"
[[Image:SW_106.png]]
 
which can also be expressed as '''jono r làu bòi kludauwo jenewo''' OR '''jono r làu jene boiwo kludauwo''' and '''jono r làu jene kludauwo boiwo''' ... however '''kludau''' can never immediately follow '''làu'''


..
..


== ..... Thinking about sets and subsets==
Tha arrow is the arrow of time'''***'''  ... with the past to the left ('''ko'''mo), and the future to the right ('''be'''ne).


I have given events wavey borders to represent "not so well defined". So, for example, on the top diagram ... the main clause action could start before the under clause action ... it could also outlast the under clause action ... the important thing is that for a substantial amount of time, the two actions were going on at the same time.


{| border=1
In the bottom four examples I have made the under clause actions very short. This is for illustration purposes only. The under clause actions can actually have any length ... depend on the verb/situation.
  |align=center|  1
 
  |align=left| '''moltai dí'''
Now these five examples show how two clauses can be joined in a timewise fashion. The '''béu''' rules are quite similar to English. That is ...
  |align=left| this doctor
 
  |-
A) the under clause must be introduced with one of these 6 particles.
  |align=center| 2
 
  |align=left| '''ú moltai dí'''
B) we can have main clause and then the under clause ... or the other way around.
  |align=left| the whole doctor here
 
  |-
Here are examples to illustrate the 5 examples above ...
  |align=center|  3
  |align=left| '''ú moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| all the doctors here
  |align=left| '''uku fì  moltai.a dí *'''
  |align=left| "all of the doctors here" or "every one of the doctors here"
  |-
  |align=center| 4
  |align=left| '''moltai moltai dí'''
  |align=left| every doctor here
  |-
  |align=center| 5
  |align=left| '''hài moltai dí'''
  |align=left| many doctors here
  |align=left| '''hàis fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| many of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 6
  |align=left| '''iyo moltai dí'''
  |align=left| a few doctors here
  |align=left| '''iyos fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| few of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 7
  |align=left| '''euca moltai dí'''
  |align=left|  seven doctors here
  |align=left| '''eucas fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| seven of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 8
  |align=left| '''hói moltai dí'''
  |align=left| two doctors here
  |align=left| '''hóis fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| two of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 9
  |align=left| '''ʔà moltai dí'''
  |align=left| one doctor here
  |align=left| '''ebu fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| one of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 10
  |align=left| '''jù moltai dí'''
  |align=left| no doctor here
  |align=left| '''jubu fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| none of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 11
  |align=left| '''ín moltai dí'''
  |align=left| any doctor here
  |align=left| '''ibu fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| any of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 12
  |align=left| '''èn moltai dí **'''
  |align=left| some doctor here
  |align=left| '''ebu fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| one of these doctors
  |-
  |align=center| 13
  |align=left| '''èn moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| some doctors here
  |align=left| '''embu fì moltai.a dí'''
  |align=left| some of these doctors
|}


..
..


You may ask what is the difference between the first column (row 1-13) and the second column (row 5-13). The answer is ... the second column imparts an "partitive" meaning. For example ... '''euca moltai dí''' just means, we are talking about "seven doctors and they are here". But '''eucas fì moltai.a dí''' means, we are talking about "seven out of a (significantly) larger number of doctors here"
1) '''wola''' = while, as, when
 
'''pás pintu saikaru wola gís pazba saikiru''' = "I will paint the door, while you paint the table"  
 
'''wola gís pazba saikiru_pás pintu saikaru''' = "while you paint the table, I will paint the door"


Notice row 9 and 12 of the second column have the same form in '''béu'''
'''wola saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "while painting the table, you smoked" ........................... (this also can be expressed as ... '''pín saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''')


If you cast your mind back to what we discussed in the last section. Well to use one of the construction in the second column is to "zoom in". It is to narrow the scope of the items we are focusing on.
..


'''*''' Actually '''uku fì moltai.a dí''' is a bit infelicitous. You hardly ever here it. Better to say  '''ú moltai.a dí''' ... more snappy !
2) '''koca''' = before


'''*''' Actually '''èn moltai dí''' (row 12, column 1) ... is a bit infelicitous. You hardly ever here it. Better to say '''ʔà moltai dí'''.
'''pazba saikaru koca pintu (saikaru)''' = "I will paint the table before (I will paint) the door"  


There are 5 pronouns that can be considered to be plural ... '''wìa yùa jè nù''' and '''ʃì''' [ consider these with different cases ?? ]
'''koca pintu saikaru_pazba saikaru''' = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"


'''koca saiko pintu_pás pazba saikaru''' = "before painting the door, I will paint the table"


{| border=1
..
  |align=center|  3
  |align=left| '''ú nù'''
  |align=left| all of us
  |-
  |align=center| 4
  |align=left| '''nù nù'''
  |align=left| every one of us
  |-
  |align=center| 5
  |align=left| '''hài nù'''
  |align=left| many of us
  |-
  |align=center| 6
  |align=left| '''iyo nù'''
  |align=left| a few of us
  |-
  |align=center| 7
  |align=left| '''euca nù'''
  |align=left|  seven of us
  |-
  |align=center| 8
  |align=left| '''hói nù'''
  |align=left| two of us
  |-
  |align=center| 9
  |align=left| '''ʔà nù'''
  |align=left| one of us
  |-
  |align=center| 10
  |align=left| '''jù nù'''
  |align=left| none of us
  |-
  |align=center| 11
  |align=left| '''ín nù'''
  |align=left| any of us
  |-
  |align=center| 12
  |align=left| '''èn nú'''
  |align=left| some of us
  |-
  |align=center| 13
  |align=left| '''èn nú'''
  |align=left|
|}


== ..... Printing .... I will probably need some of this later==
3) '''beda''' = after


..
'''pintu saikaru beda pazba (saikaru)''' = "I will paint the door after (I will paint) the table" 


I will probably need some of this later ... when I figure out how (direct) speech works
'''beda pazba saikaru_pintu saikaru''' = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"


Punctuation and Page Layout
'''beda saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru''' = "after painting the table, I will paint the door"........................... (this also can be expressed as ... '''gwò saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru''')


..
..


The letters in a word are always contiguous, that is there is always a line running right through the word. Writing is firstly from top to bottom and secondly from left to right.
If you wanted to emphasize that the first action will continue until the second action you would use ...


Between words there is a small break in the line. The break should be 25% the height of a letter.
4) '''kogan''' = until


When telling somebody how to spell a succession of words, this small break would be indicated by ''''''
'''gís huʒiri kogan dare saiko pazba''' = "you smoked until I started to paint the table"


Between some words there is a gap. This represents a pause. A pauses in English is represented by a comma, a colon or a semicolon. Whenever an orator draws breath, this will be reflected in the writing by a gap. Also there are occasions where the grammar of '''béu''' demands a gap. A gaps hould be 75% the height of a letter. When such a gap is required I will represent in in my transcription as an underscore. (I could have used a comma, however I prefer not too ... presumable in English, commas originally were always used for pauses in speech. However nowadays in English many pauses are not represented in any way (presumably in these cases when it is not necessary for reading comprehension. Also in English, in a surprising amount of text commas are found where they shouldn't be. In '''béu''' gaps in a textblock have a one-to-one correspondence to a pause in speech). 
'''kogan dare saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "until I started to paint the table, you smoked"


'''kogan día saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "until starting to paint the table, you smoked"


<sup>*</sup>When listing items, '''béu''' is similar to English ... there is pause between every item except the last two items. Between these items, '''béu''' has '''lé''', English has "and".
..


..
If you wanted to emphasize that the first action has been continuing all the time since the second action you would use ...
 
5) '''began''' = since
 
'''gís ʔès huʒira began care saiko pazba''' = "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"


[[Image:TW_400.png]]
{|
|-
! gí-s || ʔès || huʒ-i-r-a || began || c-a-r-e ||  saiko || pazba
|-
| you-{{small|ERG}} ||  already || smoke-{{small|2S-IND-PRES}} ||  since || stop-{{small|1S-IND-PAST}}||  painting ||  table
|} ==> "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"


'''suna_dunu_celai lé àu''' = "orange, brown, pink and black" ... notice the two gaps and then the two breaks in the '''béu''' script above.
'''began care saiko pazba_gís huʒira ''' = "since I stopped painting the table you have smoked"


By the way, this would be spelled out as ... ‘’’sadu sanu nùa sana jù_duzu sanu nùa sanu jù_compa sane lata sanai dù_lata dite dù_sanau dù dù’’’
'''began cùa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira''' = "since stopping painting the table, you have smoked" ... [By the way ... '''began ìa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira''' = "since finishing painting the table, you have smoked" ]


..
..


When telling somebody how to spell a succession of words, the gap is indicated by saying ''''''
There is one added complication in the above scheme ... if the intersect time of the two actions is in the future, then '''jindu''' (<'''jín''' "a moment" + '''dù''' "exact") can be used instead of '''began'''.


..


Single gaps are very common. Occasionally you can have "double gaps" and even "treble gaps". These rare creatures represent "pregnant pauses" which are sometimes used for comic effect.
[[Image:TW_852.png]]


When telling somebody how to spell a succession of words, a "double gap" is rendered by '''bauva''' ??? , a treble gap by '''baiba''' ???.
..


Note the single point used in the "double gap" and the pair of points used in the "treble gap".
'''*''' It is speculated that this comes from '''jwòi''' = "to pass through, to undergo, to bear, to endure, to stand" plus the '''pila?o''' '''là'''. '''jwoila''' => '''wola'''


For a "double gap" there should be 75% letter height space above and below the dot. For a "treble gap" it is the same plus a 25% letter height space between the two dots.
..
..


[[Image:TW_401.png]]
'''**''' I guess I should say what is the difference between a main clause and an under clause. (I should read about what other linguists say about this some day). Take the sentences ...


..  
(1) I will finish this drink before I go home. .........      (2) I will go home after I finish this drink.


There is also a punctuation mark called the "sunmark" ( '''kòi''' = sun ). This is basically a full-stop. The "sunmark" has double the diameter of '''omba''' ('''omba''' means "circle" and is used as a decimal point).
In terms of pure logic these both mean exactly the same. Also the choice of whether a verb is in the main or the under clause says nothing about the speakers attidude towards that verb ... i.e. relish, disgust, foreboding, sadness etc. But is seems that the verb in the main clause is the target of the speakers determination/willpower/resolve whereas the verb in the underclause is the target of nothing. I guess you can say it is background material


..
..


'''***''' The organization of the Chinese writting system seems to have affected the language itself. The primary writing direction was top_to_bottom so of course the calendar was written top_to_bottom as well. From that "above" got associated with "the past" and "below got associated with "the future".
午 wǔ "noon" : 上 shàng "above" : 下 xià "under" => 上午 shàngwǔ "morning" : 下午 xiàwǔ "afternoon"


There are also punctuation marks called "moonmark" ( '''dèu''' = moon ). These are basically brackets. The opening one is called "moonmark" '''damau''' and the closing one is called "moonmark" '''dagoi'''. Direct speech is enclosed in "moonmarks". These bits of direct speech are also highlighted. Usually the first speaker's words are highlighted in blue and the second speaker's words are highlighted in yellow. The highlighted area is lozenge shape. Every "textblock" the protagonists are reset ??. In a story,  after the scene is set ... that is the time of speaking and the identity of the speakers have been established, then their names are dropped from the text and the '''kloi''' "speak" is also dropped. However somebody reading the text out loud would give this information from their understanding of the situation.
A similar thing happened in '''béu'''. The practitioners of '''béu''' are above all engineers and the algebraic convention of having time along the horizontal axis has affected the language somewhat.


..
..


[[Image:TW_278.png]]


..
Addendum ... '''jín''' means an interval of time an order of magnitude shorter than '''jón'''.  The particle '''jindu''' is derived from it.


In a normal narrative, everything is written in "textblocks".
The adverbs '''jondi''' and '''jindi''' are derived from the above. They both mean "now". '''jondi''' is the one usually used. '''jindi''' is used for emphasis (for example in a swiftly changing situation).


 
Also they give rise to the adverbs '''jonis''' "soon" and '''jinis''' "immediately".
[[Image:TW_573.png]]


..
..


(Please note ... the light lines surrounding the "textblocks" are not real. They are just there to assist me drawing)
"Inside the action"


..
..


This is the first page in a "chapter". Notice the symbol at the top left hand side of the first "textblock". This is called a "heavy tile".  
'''pí''' means "in" and is used for any noun, even for a noun denoting a period of time. English tends to use "during" for a noun denoting a period of time. For example ... "during the pandemic of 2010". By using only '''pí''' with nouns, '''béu''' looses a bit of clarity. For example, does '''butwapi''' mean "in the battle" or "during the battle" ? But anyway ... there are ways to make yourself clear.


Textblocks fit in between "rails" about 4 inches apart. The width of a block should be between 60% and 90% <sup>*</sup> of the block height. Of course it is best to start a new block when the scene of the narrative changes or there is some discontinuity of the action, but this is not always possible. Then you just must arbitrarily split the text into two blocks. The standard practice is to stretch the text a bit so that the tops and bottoms of every column line up with their neighbours. XXXXXX
For clauses '''wola''' is used. Equivalent to "while" in English [interesting fact ... German "während" is equivalent to "while" AND "during"].


There is no way to split a word between two lines (as we can do in the West by using two hyphens). A "sunmark" must be next to the last word in a sentence (it can not go to the start of a new column by itself) However if a "sunmark" fall next to the bottom rail, then the next column will begin with a "sunmark". This is purely due to a love of symmetry.
And '''pín''' is an aspect particle which must go before the verb. It can be with an active verb or with a verb base. In both cases it must immediately precede the verb.[See ch3 (three aspect particles)]


The first text block starts at the top left (as you would expect). The second textblock starts below where the first text block stops. In fact the vertical space between the stop and the start of the two textblocks is equal to the horizontal "interblockspace" (see the figure above).
As "any intermingling that is appropriate for an active verb is also appropriate for an verb base", and a clause is just verb-plus-add-ons, '''wola''' can also appear with a verb base (see example (1).


If the last "sunmark" of a "textblock" falls next to the bottom rail (as indeed happens with the very first "textblock" of the "chapter", then this "sunmark" is changed into a symbol called a "bottom tile". If a "textblock" ends in a "bottom tile", then what is called a "top tile" will appear before the first word of the next "textblock". This is purely due to a love of symmetry. Note that the "top tile" is exactly the same as the "bottom tile".
..
(Actually in modern printing techniques, the text in complete "textblocks" can be stretched to prevent the final "sunmark" falling on the bottom rail)


When you come to the end of the page (you will have some sort of margin of course and not go all the way to the edge), you simply continue the block on the LHS of the next rail (or page). Below is the second page of the chapter. This page continues on from the page above.
== ..... Questions questions==


..
..


In every textblock, one word or short noun phrase is highlighted in red. The shape of the highlighted area is rectangular with rounded edges. Usually a noun is chosen and the more iconic the better. Statistically these highlighted words tend to come towards the beginning of the "textblock".
English is quite typical of languages in general and has 8 question words ... "which", "what", "who", "whose", "where", "when", "how" and "why". '''*'''


..
..  


There are two sizes for books. For all hardback books the size is about 8 inches by about 11 inches. For all paperback books the size is about 5 inches by about 8 inches. They are stored as shown in the figure below.
'''béu''' has nine  ... [[Image:TW_794.png]]


..
..


[[Image:Books.png]]
== ... The particle gú==


..
..


Unlike books produced in the West, these books are held with the spine horizontal when being read. The hardback page has two "rails" per page (i.e. three dark lines).  
The particle '''gú''' is equivalent to "whether" in English. Perhaps derived from '''gò lú bù''' ... the '''g''' from '''gò''', the high tone from '''lú''' and the '''u''' from '''bù'''.


On the paperback book, the title is written on the spine and on the front of the book. On the hardback book the title is written on the front, also there is a flap that slides into the spine. However when the book is stored on a shelf, it is pulled out and hangs down. Hence the hardback books can be easily located, even when they are in the bookshelf.
This is something of a logical derivation. It could not come about by erosion of  '''gò lú bù''' because these three elements are never contiguous ... more like  '''gò''' "clause" '''lú bù'''


..


A book will be divided into chapters. A chapter will have a number and usually a title as well. Either at the end of the book or just after the chapter, there will be a page, in which all the highlighted words for a chapter are listed in order. Instead of referencing things by page number, things are reference by chapter and textblock (indictated by the highlighted word(s) ).
Not to be confused with '''gù''' which means "master".


Any particular word in a book can be reference by 5 parameters ...
..


1) "title of book"
'''gú lú bù''' => whether or mot => even if


2) number of the chapter
..


3) the highlighted word(s)
== ... Trigonometry==


4) the number of the sunmarks counted. Actually they are counted backwards ... from the final "sunmark" of the "textblock". Note ... all "sunmarks" are counted, even the ones next to the top rail.  
..


5) the number of the word. This is also counted backwards (i.e. the final word of the sentence is word "1" ... and so on)
[[Image:TW_958.png]]


-----
Of course there is also a method to represent other functions. We use the same basic function symbol as before but an extra smaller symbol within the enclosed area.


<sup>*</sup> Occasionally very narrow blocks can not be avoided. And of course in mathematical/scientific tracts the tracts are all over the place ... interspersed with diagrams and what have you.
[[Image:TW_959.png]]


..
The three trogonometry functions have their own symbols. How these evolved from the basic function symbol is shown below ...


== ..... The Side Verb==
[[Image:TW_961.png]]


..
'''V''' is the symbol usually used to represent an angle. In a similar manner that he lowercase letter θ is used as a symbol for an angle in the Western trigonometrical tradionion. Hence ...


Let me introduce three dependent clause types here ... the "when" clause, the reason clause and the purpose clause.
[[Image:TW_963.png]]


1) ... the "when" clause is intoduced by the particle '''kyù''' (it is also a generic noun meaning "occasion"/"time" by the way). For example ...
In CH 4 we saw that the inverse symbol is '''/'''. This gets incorporated into the three functions above, to give ...


'''kyù twaru jene ʃì òn fyaru''' = When I see Jane I will tell her.
[[Image:TW_964.png]]


Usually the English conditional particle "if"'''*''' is also translated as '''kyù'''
So now we have symbols for the six trigonomical functions.


So ... "if I see Jane I will tell her" =>  '''kyù twaru jene ʃì òn fyaru''' also.
Trigonometry is deemed so important, that these special symbols have been devised exclusively for the subject ...


Now let's give the example sentence a habitual meaning ... say Jane fervantly supports Manchester United and the speaker always hears the latest results before Jane. So we have ...
[[Image:TW_965.png]]


'''*kyù twár jene ʃì òn fyaru''' = When I see Jane I will tell her.
..


Only that the main verb form is not allowed in these three dependend clauses ... if the verb has a final '''r''' it must be changed to a final '''s'''.
== ... Other Verbal Moods==


So the proper way to say "when I see Jane I will tell her" => '''kyù twás jene ʃì òn fyaru'''
..


[Now the question is "why substitute final '''r''' in a dependent clause, with '''s''' ... and it is a difficult question to answer. Maybe it is in recognition that in many natural languages, the verbs in dependent clause have a reduced number of possible forms (refer to what Sonja Cristofaro has written in chapters 125 -> 128 in WALS). Also I find utterance final '''s''' more pleasing than utterance '''r''' ]
When people speak they have different intentions. That is they are trying to achieve different things by speaking ... maybe they are trying to convey information, or wanting somebody to do something, or not to do something, or they are just expressing their feelings about something. All these are examples of what is called moods. Different languages have different methods of coding their moods. Also the various moods of a languages cover a different semantic range compared to other languages.


'''*'''Other languages to conflate ? "when" and "if" are German (wenn) and Dutch (als). Actually if you really needed to disambiguate in '''béu''' you could use '''jindu''' meaning "as soon as" or '''fesʔa''' meaning "case"(as you can disambiguate in German, by using "sobald" and "falls")
There are 7 moods in '''béu''' ... 3 expressing themselves by changes to the root verb and 4 by periphrasis.


'''*''' In English, there is another function for "if" ... it introduces a complement clause when the main clause verb is an "asking" verb. "whether" can also fulfill this function. The particle in '''béu''' that fulfills this function is '''wai.a'''. '''wai.a''' has only this function.
..


2) ... the reason clause is intoduced by the particle '''tà'''.  ('''tà''' =  "because")
[[Image:TW_687.png]]


XXXXXXX
..


..


What are considered moods are shown by a green circle.


3) As part of stand alone clauses ...
..


'''doikas''' = "should I walk" or "let me walk" or "how about me walking" or "can I walk" or "maybe I should walk"
..


'''doikis''' = "maybe you should walk" or "why don't you walk" or "how about you walking"
[[Image:TW_688.png]]


'''doikos''' = "let him walk"


'''doikos jono''' = "let John walk"


For transitive verbs ...
How the different moods and forms interact are shown above. [this will be explained in full later]


'''timpos baus waulo''' = let the man hit the dog
..


The negative subjunctive is formed by adding '''bù''' (or should that be '''jù'''). For example ...
== ... Ways to join clauses timewise==


'''bù doikos''' = best not to let him walk
..


They locked him up so that he would starve to death
In the previous sections we have seen how to give time information. However there is another way to give the time ... with respect to an evert or action.


They let him out at night so that he would not starve to death
We will cover six particles in this section which allow us to give time information with respect to an event ... '''jón koca beda kogan began jindu''' and '''jonde'''.


..
..


== ..... Part of old modality system ==
'''jón''' = "while" ( or "when")


slight obligation => might ???
'''koca''' = before


obligation/duty => inevitability
'''beda''' = after


physical ability => sometimes
'''kogan''' = until


..
'''began''' = since


'''anzu''' = duty
'''jindu''' = as soon as


'''seŋgo''' = obligation


'''alfa''' = ability
In a similar manner to English, they can either introduce a clause, a noun (that designates a time) or an infinitive phrase.


'''hempo''' = permission or leave


'''hento''' = knowledge
“After I ate breakfast”


== ..... Bicycles et al ==
“After the gold rush”


..
“After the eating of my breakfast”


Perhaps can be thought of derived from an expression something like "wagon two-wheels-having" or "wagon double-wheel-having" with a lot of erosion.


Notice that the "item" that is numbered (i.e. wheel) is completely dropped ... probably not something that would evolve naturally.
The above are all time adverb phrases. A time adverb phrase is a dependent clause'''*''' (called an under clause in '''béu''') ... shown in red below. The main clause is shown in yellow.


There are not many words in this category.
[[Image:TW_951.png]]


'''jodoʒia'''<sup>*</sup> = spider
..


'''jodolia''' = insect
Tha arrow is the arrow of time'''**''' ... with the past to the left (''ko''mo), and the future to the right (''be''ne).


'''jodogia''' = quadraped
I have given events wavey borders to represent "not so well defined". So, for example, on the top diagram ... the main clause action could start before the under clause action ... it could also outlast the under clause action ... the important thing is that for a substantial amount of time, the two actions were going on at the same time.


'''jodovia''' = biped
In the bottom four examples I have made the under clause actions very short. This is for illustration purposes only. The under clause actions can actually have any length ... depend on the verb/situation.


node'''bia''' = a three-way intersection ... usually referring to road intersections.
Now these five examples show how two clauses can be joined in a timewise fashion. The '''béu''' rules are quite similar to English. That is ...


node'''gia''' = a four-way intersection
A) the under clause must be introduced with one of these 6 particles.


node'''dia''' = a five-way intersection
B) we can have main clause and then the under clause ... or the other way around.


node'''lia''' = a six-way intersection ... and you can continue up of course.
Here are examples to illustrate the 5 examples above ...
 
<sup>*</sup>'''jodo''' = animal ... from '''jode''' = to move


..
..


== ..... Symbols ==
1) '''jón''' = while, as, when, during


..
'''pás pintu saikaru jón gís pazba saikiru''' = "I will paint the door, while you paint the table"


Words are not always written out in full. Certain common words have their own special symbol. For instance the ergative pronouns ...
'''jón gís pazba saikiru_pás pintu saikaru''' = "while you paint the table, I will paint the door"


[[Image:TW_234.png]]
'''jón saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "while painting the table, you smoked"


And the non-ergative pronouns ...
..


[[Image:TW_235.png]]
2) '''koca''' = before


The words "table" = '''pazba''', "bracket" = '''gizgi''', "interior wall" = '''ozdo''' and "chair" = '''yuzlu''' have probably got some relationship with the above symbols.
'''pazba saikaru koca pintu (saikaru)''' = "I will paint the table before (I will paint) the door"


And the determiners ...
'''koca pintu saikaru_pazba saikaru''' = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"


[[Image:TW_236.png]]
'''koca saiko pintu_pás pazba saikaru''' = "before painting the door, I will paint the table"


Note that '''dè''' looks similar to the sign for '''dùa''' ... similar but not exactly the same. The two slanting strokes meet the vertical stroke exactly halfway along for '''dè'''.
..


And the particles  '''''' "and" and '''lú''' "or" ...
3) '''beda''' = after


[[Image:TW_243.png]]
'''pintu saikaru beda pazba (saikaru)''' = "I will paint the door after (I will paint) the table" 


..
'''beda pazba saikaru_pintu saikaru''' = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"


== ..... From the introduction==
'''beda saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru''' = "after painting the table, I will paint the door"


A brief history
..


..
If you wanted to emphasize that the first action will continue until the second action you would use ...


The very first language that I tried to construct was called HARWENG. This was eventually given up about 14 years ago. The basic problem was that I didn't know enough about linguistics. I layed down the basic linguistic rules of HARWENG, but when I tried to build upon these basics, what I build did not seem to stick together : it did not make a consistent whole, so reluctantly I put HARWENG aside.
4) '''kogan''' = until


My second project was called SEUNA and this was also put aside after a number of years (I guess for similar reasons to why HARWENG was put aside).
'''gís huʒiri kogan dare saiko pazba''' = "you smoked until I started to paint the table"


'''béu'''<sup>*</sup> is my third language and I have hopes of taking this one to fruition.
'''kogan dare saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "until I started to paint the table, you smoked"


<sup>*</sup>the diacritic above the "e" indicates that the word has a high tone. All words in this language I will indicate by bold type. From now on the only items in bold type will be elements and words from the language of '''béu'''.
'''kogan día saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "until starting to paint the table, you smoked"


..
..


Motivation
If you wanted to emphasize that the first action has been continuing all the time since the second action you would use ...


..
5) '''began''' = since


What interests me most in linguistics is the area where logic, grammar and semantics intersect. Also I very much appreciate the elegant patterns that are found in natural languages. I guess every natural language exhibits elegant patterns over part of their structure.
'''gís ʔès huʒira began care saiko pazba''' = "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"


However most natural languages also have elements which I don't like. It seems that the natural tendencies that forge a language also "limit" a language in a fundamental way : I find all natural languages insufficiently "efficient" and "elegant" for my taste : evolution by "decree" rather than natural forces just seems so much better.
{|
|-
! gí-s || ʔès || huʒ-i-r-a || began || c-a-r-e ||  saiko || pazba
|-
| you-{{small|ERG}} ||  already || smoke-{{small|2S-IND-PRES}} ||  since || stop-{{small|1S-IND-PAST}}||  painting ||  table
|} ==> "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"


I have always been a perfectionist ... keenly aware of all the imperfections that everyday life entails. I have always had the feeling that in order to build perfection you must start at the very bottom ... and I also have had the feeling that language is the most basic thing<sup>*</sup> that makes us human. Hence the first step to making a better world is to develop a logical, elegant and beautiful language.
'''began care saiko pazba_gís huʒira ''' = "since I stopped painting the table you have smoked"


All of the above motivated me to construct a new language.
'''began cùa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira''' = "since stopping painting the table, you have smoked" ... [By the way ...  '''began ìa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira''' = "since finishing painting the table, you have smoked" ]


..
..


Influences
There is one added complication in the above scheme ... if the intersect time of the two actions is in the future, then '''jindu''' (<'''jín''' "a moment" + '''dù''' "exact") can be used instead of '''began'''.


..
..


The best constructed language which I have so far come across was CEQLI. However it was not much more than a sketch. Also the two languages created by Dirk Elzinga ... TEPA and SHEMSPREG were also very neat. However again they were not fully thought out ... not complete languages. I intend that '''béu''' will be a fully formed language.
[[Image:TW_852.png]]
 
I have not mentioned any of Tolkien's languages as an influence. This is because Tolkien never published a canonical version of ANY of his many constructed languages. However I feel a great affinity for J.R.R. ... I think our world views are remarkable similar ... well at least when it comes to our "secret vice"


..
..


Structure
'''*''' I guess I should say what is the difference between a main clause and an under clause. (I should read about what other linguists say about this some day). Take the sentences ...


..
(1) I will finish this drink before I go home. .........      (2) I will go home after I finish this drink.


[[Image:TW_269.png]]
In terms of pure logic these both mean exactly the same. Also the choice of whether a verb is in the main or the under clause says nothing about the speakers attidude towards that verb ... i.e. relish, disgust, foreboding, sadness etc. But is seems that the verb in the main clause is the target of the speakers determination/willpower/resolve whereas the verb in the underclause is the target of nothing. I guess you can say it is background material..


The "bubble fountain" above is how I see the world 4,000 languages (OK I haven't drawn 4,000 bubbles ... pretend) of the world. The vertical axis is complexity. The black line at the bottom represents zero ... the way that a group of people would communicate initially if they all spoke totally different languages and were forced to associate together by some twist of fate. There would be zero grammaticisation ... it would be a very inefficient means of communication and I would presume quite frustrating to try and converse in. The horizontal axis represents how far the different languages diverge from each other (this "divergence" should be multi-dimensional because of course languages diverge from each other in many many different ways ... but I am afraid we must make do with one dimension on my little chart).


You will notice that the simple languages at the bottom of the chart differ less from each other less than the more complex languages at the top. These simple languages tend to have one concept to one word ... they are analytic. Now a simple language is just as fit-for-purpose as a complicated language. And I certainly didn't want complexity for complexity's sake : I just wanted a language that was easy to learn and that would appear to be "natural". Hence the structure of '''béu''' is not a million miles away from the structure of English ... or Mandarin. In its final form '''béu''' seems like a natural language : the grammar and the "patterns" in the language wouldn't be considered out of place in a natural language.
'''**''' The organization of the Chinese writting system seems to have affected the language itself. The primary writing direction was top_to_bottom so of course the calendar was written top_to_bottom as well. From that "above" got associated with "the past" and "below got associated with "the future".  


..
午 wǔ "noon" : 上 shàng "above" : 下 xià "under" => 上午 shàngwǔ "morning" : 下午 xiàwǔ "afternoon"


Evolution
A similar thing happened in '''béu'''. The practitioners of '''béu''' are above all engineers and the algebraic convention of having time along the horizontal axis has affected the language somewhat.


..
..


In its long history (HARWENG => SEUNA => '''béu''') it has changed many many times. It has gone thru' many iterations<sup>**</sup>. I would change one part of the grammar and then find that this change didn't fit with something else. So I would change it back, or modify the "something else", or maybe try out a completely new paradigm. This happened many many times. I suppose the changes that happened in in the development of '''béu''' are similar to the diachronic changes that happen to natural languages, and hence '''béu''' ended up looking quite naturalistic.  
'''jón''' used to mean an interval of time. It still does but nowadays you see it most often as the particle meaning "when"/"while". The conjunction '''jonde''' "and then" is derived from it.
 
'''jín''' means an interval of time an order of magnitude shorter than '''jón'''.  The particle '''jindu''' is derived from it.


<sup>*</sup> I believe that language co-evolved with the increase in the human cranial capacity ... so language has been with us for well over a million years.
The adverbs '''jondi''' and '''jindi''' are derived from the above. They both mean "now". '''jondi''' is the one usually used. '''jindi''' is used for emphasis (for example in a swiftly changing situation).


<sup>**</sup> A good analogy to this how a protein takes its shape.   This is a long linear chain molecule that folds up on itself to takes on a very definite and complicated shape. The final shape is determined by a series of movements that are initiated by the attractive and repulsive forces that the various links in the chain have for each other. In a similar way the final shape of '''béu''' was determined by the way that different grammatical patterns and phonological patterns either clashed with each other, or matched with each other through a number of successive iteration.
..


== ..... The Subjunctive==
== ..... Two prefixes==


..
..


The subjunctive verb form comprises the same person/number component as the indicative, followed by "s".
In Dyirbal we have ... ''baŋga-'' "to paint" : ''baŋga-yarra-'' "to begin to paint".


The subjunctive is called the '''sudəpe'''
In Russian we have ... бежать "to run" : побежать "to start running".


The main thing about the subjunctive is that it is not "asserted" ... it is not insisted upon ... there is a shadow of doubt as to whether the action will actually take place.
'''béu''' has something similar to the Russian example (except that voicing has been introduced) ...


This is in contrast to the indicative mood. In the indicative mood things definitely happen.
'''doika''' = "to walk" : '''bodoika''' = "to start to walk" / "to set out"


There are three places where the subjunctive turns up.  
'''bo'''- is an inflection rather than a derivation because it is applied automatically to all verbs.


1) There are a set of leading verbs that always change there trailing verbs to the subjunctive. For example, the leading verbs "want", "wish", "prefer", "request/ask for", "suggest", "recommend", "love/like", "think/judge", "be afraid", "demand/command", "let/allow", "advise", "forbid" etc etc. Often with the above there is a particle '''tà''' immediately after the leading verb. However '''tà''' can be dropped sometimes.
..


2) After '''''' "if". For example '''hà doikos, doikas''' = If he walks, I will walk
In the Western Linguistic Tradition, '''bo'''- is called a marker of inchoative aspect.


Note the gap between the two parts of the sentence.
..


The above can be reconfigured a bit ... '''doikaru hà doikos''' = I will walk if he walks
'''béu''' also has the verbal prefix '''ke'''- which is opposite semantically from '''bo'''- ...


Note that the first verb is in indicative form. Also no gap is needed (although you can put one in if you want)
'''doika''' = "to walk" : '''kedoika''' = "to stop walking"


"if only I could walk" ... the exact same construction is used in '''béu''' for wishful thinking.
I don't think the Western Linguistic Tradition has a term for this (shame on you Western Linguistic Tradition)


3) As part of stand alone clauses ...
..


'''doikas''' = "should I walk" or "let me walk" or "how about me walking" or "can I walk" or "maybe I should walk"
Actually '''bo'''- and '''ke'''- are not symmetrical. '''ke'''- is a lot less common with the aspect particles '''yə''' and '''wə*''' taking up a lot of heavy lifting.


There is never any need for the question particle '''ʔai?''' ... even though some of my translations are questions in English.


'''doikis''' = "maybe you should walk" or "why don't you walk" or "how about you walking"
If the verb begins with '''e''', then one of them is subsumed ...


'''doikos''' = "let him walk"
'''eskua''' "to be angry" : '''keskua''' "to calm down" as opposed to ... '''bo.eskua''' "to get angry" ... which is the normal way '''béu''' handles vowels meeting up across inflectional boundaries.


'''doikos jono''' = "let John walk"
A similar thing happens when '''bo'''- is prefixed to a verb beginning with '''o'''.


For transitive verbs ...
..


'''timpos baus waulo''' = let the man hit the dog
Some other examples ...


? = God save the king
'''mauma''' = to sleep : '''bomauma''' = to fall asleep : '''kemauma''' = to wake up


'''diablos ʔawos ò''' = May the Devil take him
'''kodai''' = to work : '''bokodai''' = to start to work : '''kekodai''' = to stop working / to down tools


The negative subjunctive is formed by adding '''bù''' (or should that be '''jù'''). For example ...
sit .... stand ... lie ?


'''bù doikos''' = best not to let him walk
..


They locked him up so that he would starve to death
'''*'''See the section "IA & UA" in chapter 10.


They let him out at night so that he would not starve to death
== ... Telling the time==


..
..


== ..... Some original thought==
To ask what time of day it is you say '''jondi kí nái''' or '''kí nái'''


..
To ask what day it is you say '''hoite dinda nái''' or simply '''kòi nái'''


"WHAT you see is WHAT you get"<sup>*</sup>
To ask what season it is you say '''jondi sabata nái''' or simply '''sabata nái'''


Notice that "you see" and "you get" are not complete clauses, there is a "gap" in them.
To ask what year it is you say '''jondi toze nái''' or simply '''toze nái'''


The phase "WHAT you see", (to return to the mathematical analogy again) may be thought of as a "variable". in this case, the motivation for using a "variable", is to make the expression "general" rather than "specific". (Being general it is of course more worthy of our consideration). Other motivations for using a "variable" is that the actual argument is not known. Yet another is that even though the particular argument is known, it is really awkward to specify satisfactorily.
To ask which cycle it is you say '''omba nái'''


Another way to think about the '''nài''' construction, is to think of it as a "nominalizer", a particle that turns a whole clause into a noun. To use the example from just above ....
..


"know" is an intransitive verb with two arguments. To replace one of these arguments by '''who''' is like defining the missing argument in terms of the rest of the clause i.e. it changes a clause into a construction that refers to one argument of that clause.  
Actually '''omba''' is more precisely called '''ombatoze''''. However in a situation where time is being discussed ... '''omba''' by itself will do.


Gap clause particles in other languages
The word for time in general '''kyugan'''.


There is no generally agreed upon term for the type of construction which I am calling "gap clause" here. Dixon calls it a "fused relative", Greenberg calls it a "headless relative clause". I don't like either term. A fused relative implies that a generic noun (i.e. "thing" or "person") somehow got fused with a relativizer. This certainly never happened although this type of clause can be rewritten as a generic noun followed by a relativizer. As for "headless" relative clause ... well I think the type of clause that we are dealing with is in fact more fundamental then a relative clause, so I would not like to define it in terms of a relative clause.
The word '''tozegan''' can be translated as "age" or "generation" or "century". Actually it is a period of 128 years.


My thoughts on this type of clause are ...


Well "what" was firstly a question word. So you have expressions like "Who fed the cat"
The word '''ombakas''' means epoch or eon (also "calendar", "time reckoning system"). However unlike the English terms '''ombakas''' has a specific length (about 400,000 years).


Then of course it is natural to have an answer like "I don't know who fed the cat"
'''kyù''' translates as the noun "occasion" as well as the particle "when/while/during". I guess '''kyù''' is not a '''senko''' as it is not tangible.


Now the above sentence is similar to "I don't know French" or "I don't know Johnny".


Now you see the expression "who fed the cat" fills the slot usually occupied by a noun in an "I don't know" sentences.  
Below I have given one value of the '''ombakas'''. The total set of possible values can specify a time from around 200,000 years ago to 200,000 year in the future down to the nearest 50 seconds.  


So "who fed the cat" started to be thought of as a sort of noun.
'''omba bene odaudai dimaku ?oli sunaba ajau'''


Now from the "know (neg)" beachhead<sup>*</sup>, the usage would have spread to "know" and also the such words that have "knowing" as an essential part of their meaning. Words such as "remember", "report"  etc. etc.
..


<sup>*</sup>I call "know (neg)" a "beachhead"<sup>**</sup>. A beachhead is a usage(and/or the act or situation behind that usage) that facilitates the meaning of a word to spread. Or the meaning of an expression to spread. A beachhead can be defined simply as an expression, but sometimes some background as to the speakers environment has to be given. For example suppose that one dialect of a language was using a word to mean "under", but this same word meant "between/among" in all other dialects. Now suppose you did some investigating and found that all other dialects of this language was spoken on the steppes and their speakers made a living by animal husbandry. However the group which diverged from the others had given up the nomadic life and settled down in a lush river valley. In this valley their main occupation was tending their fruit orchards.
{|border=1
  |align=center| 1
  |align=center| 2
  |align=center| 3
  |align=center| 4
  |align=center| 5
  |align=center| 6
  |align=center| 7
  |-
  |align=center| '''omba'''
  |align=center| ('''komo'''/'''bene''')
  |align=center| '''odaudai'''
  |align=center| '''dimaku'''
  |align=center| '''?oli'''
  |align=center| '''sunaba'''
  |align=center| '''ajau'''
  |}


It could be deduced that the change in meaning came about by people saying ... "Johnny is among the trees". Now as the trees were thick on the ground and had overspreading branches, this was re-analysed to mean "Johnny is under the trees". Hence I would say ...
..
 
The beachhead of word "x" = "between" to word "x" = "under" was the expression "among the trees" (and in this case a bit of background as to the "culture" of the speakers would be appropriate).  


For an expressing to become a beachhead, it must, of course, be used regularly.
1)  ring/cycle/circle ... Every value of the '''ombakas''' starts with '''omba'''


ASIDE ... I have thought about counting rosary beads as a possible beachhead that changed the meaning of "have", in Western Europe, from purely "possession" to a perfect marker. This is just wild conjecture of course. (The beachhead expression being "I have x beads counted" with "counted" originally being a passive participle)
2)  (negative/positive) ... these can be dropped if it is known from context or from a tense affix, whether we are talking about the past or the future. By the way ... negative corresponds to the past.


I am digressing here ... well to get back to "who fed the cat". We had it being considered a sort of noun. Presumably it was at one time put directly after a noun in apposition (presumably with a period of silence between the two) and qualified the noun. Then presumably they got bound closer together, the gap was lost, and this is the history of one form of relative clause in English.
3)  "the number of the 128 year long cycle". '''odaudai''' = 550<sub>12</sub> = 780<sub>10</sub>. As time zero in the '''béu''' calendar is 22 Dec 2083, we are talking roughly about a hundred thousand years in the future here.  


<sup>**</sup>Actually I would have liked to use the term pivot here. However this term has already been taken.  
4)  "the particular year of the 128 cycle". '''dimaku''' means python and is the 100th year of the 128 year cycle.


..
5)  "the particular '''sabata''' of the year" ... there are 5 '''sabata''' a (73 day long period) in one year ... '''?oli pwè gú gamazu''' and '''yika'''


From the dictionary
6) '''sunaba''' is the sixteenth day of the 73 day '''sabata''' ... [ In chewa, sabata means "week" ... and Yes, I know this is very unlikely to have Bantu provenance ]


Beachhead (dictionary definition) = 1. A position on an enemy shoreline captured by troops in advance of an invading force
7) "the particular fraction of the day that has past" ... '''ajau''' => 100<sub>12</sub>: 24 hours = 1000<sub>12</sub> : hence '''ajau''' = a twelfth of a day or 2 hours. As the day starts at 06:00, '''ajau''' corresponds to eight in the morning.


Beachhead (dictionary definition) = 2. A first achievement that opens the way for further developments.
[ By the way ... if you put pluralize '''ajau''' you get '''ajau.a'''. This word corresponds to the time period between 08:00 and 10:00 ... '''ifau.a''' = 10:00 => 12:00 ... '''ibau.a''' = 12:00 => ... (well you get the idea)


..
..


== ..... The Relativizer==
Now a '''ombakas''' can be put at the periphery of a clause to identify when an action is happening. This is what they are nearly always used for. However '''ombakas''' are hardly ever given in full. For example it might be deemed sufficient just to give the time of the day. When time of the day occurs by itself it MUST be preceded by the particle '''jé'''.


There are 4 relativizers ... '''ʔá''', '''ʔái''', '''ʔáu''' and '''ʔaja'''. (relativizer = '''ʔasemo'''-marker)
To show "where" an action takes place, '''béu''' places '''''' before the "where".


'''ʔasemo''' = relative clause.
In a similar manner, to show when an action takes place, '''béu''' places '''jé''' before the "when". For example ...


It works in pretty much the same way as the English relative clause construction. The '''béu''' relativisers is '''ʔá'''. Though '''ʔái''', '''ʔáu''' and '''ʔaja''' also have roles as relativisers.
..


The main relativiser is '''ʔá''' and all the '''pilana''' can occur with it (well all the '''pilana''' except '''ʔe'''. '''ʔaí''' is used instead of * '''ʔaʔe''').
{|
|-
! jene-s || d-o-r-e || jé || ajau
|-
| Jane-{{small|ERG}} || arrive-{{small|2SG-IND-PST}}  || at || 08:00  ||
|} => Jane arrived at eight in the morning


..


Note ... we have no direct translation of "whose".
Only in the situations above do you get '''jé''' introducing a truncated '''jekas'''.


<sup>*</sup>Altho' this has the same form as all the rest, underneath there is a difference. '''n''' marks a noun as part of a noun phrase, not as to its roll in a clause.
At this point I should stress something before moving on. A full '''jekas''' defines a point in time (50 sec) apart. A '''jekas''' with '''ajau''' at its RHS spefifies a point at exactly 08:00. Similarly '''ajaujai''' specifies a point at exactly 08:10. And similarly  '''ajaujaija''' specifies a point at exactly 08:10:50 (that is 50 seconds past ten minutes past eight).  


The above represents points in time. As mentioned before, a range of times can be given by pluralizing the point ... that is '''ajau.a''' = 08:00 to 10:00 and  '''ajaujai.a''' = 08:10 to 08:20. (ten minutes is the smallest range that can be specified in this way ... by the way 08:00 to 08:10 = '''ajaujua''')


As you see in above, '''ʔa''' in the form * '''ʔaʔe''' is not allowed. Instead you must use '''ʔaí'''.
If a '''jekas''' is truncated by deleting the "time if day" then it actually specifies a time range (24 hours). If it is further truncated by deleting the day of the '''sabata''' then it actually specifies a time range (73 days). So to say something will be done on Tuesday ... no need for the "on". To say something will be done in January ... no need for the "on". For example ...  


The use of '''ʔái''' and '''ʔàu''' as relativizers are basically the same as the use of "where" and "when" in English. These two can combine with two of the '''pilana'''.
..


'''?aifi''' = from where, whence
{|
|-
! g-a-r-u || geufa
|-
| do-{{small|1SG-IND-FUT}}  || on the seventh day of the month  ||
|} =>  I will do it on the seventh


'''?aiye''' = to where, hence
..


'''?aufi''' = from when, since
{|
|-
! tomo-s || d-o-r-i || geufa || ajau
|-
| Thomas-{{small|ERG}} || arrived-{{small|2SG-IND-PST}} || on the seventh day of the month  || at 08:00  ||
|} => Thomas arrived on the seventh day of the month at eight in the morning


'''?auye''' = to when, until
..


The use of '''ʔaja''' basically is a relativizer for an entire clause instead of just the noun which it follows.
{|
|-
! tomo-s || c-o-r-u || ?oli || geufa || ajaujai
|-
| Thomas-{{small|ERG}} || leave-{{small|2SG-IND-FUT}} || in the first month || on the seventh day  || at ten past eight  ||
|} => Thomas will depart in the first month on the seventh day at ten past eight


For example ???????
..


WITH SPACE AND TIME
This time system is sufficient for all of human history. Of course to talk about cosmology, or even geology, some sort of extended system is needed.
 
..


PLURAL FORM
Relative time words and their provenance


..
..


== ..... The verb forms==
So far we have learnt how to give the time in an absolute manner. Time is sometimes also given in a relative manner ...
 
=== .. The infinitive===


..
..


A verb in its infinitive form (its most basic form) is called '''maŋga'''
'''jana''' = yesterday


About 32% of multi syllable '''maŋga''' end in "a".
'''heute''' = today


About 16% of multi syllable '''maŋga''' end in "e", and the same for "o".
'''kuzaza''' = tomorrow


About 9% of  multi syllable '''maŋga''' end in "au", and the same for "oi", "eu" and "ai".
'''bezaza''' = the day after tomorrow (<= be + kuzaza)


To form a negative infinitive the word '''''' is placed immediately in front of the verb. For example ...
'''kojana''' = the day before yesterday (<= ko + jana)


'''doika''' = to walk
Three of the above have natlang provenance '''jana''' from Swahili, '''kuzaza''' from Zulu and '''heute''' from German ... and Yes, (I am aware that the german word is not pronounced '''heute''' these days ... maybe it once was.


'''jù doika''' = to not walk .... not to walk
..


Where the RHS NP is the O argument and the LHS NP is the A argument.
[[Image:TW_867.png]] ... [[Image:TW_863.png]] ... [[Image:TW_921.png]]


A '''maŋga''' can be an argument in a clause ... just as a '''seŋko'''  can. For example ...
..


The kitten playing with the string and the monkey eating the cake was very amusing. ???
The above two wheels represent 24 hours in the '''béu''' time reckoning. A 24 hour period is called '''dinda''' and '''dinda''' is the unit of time [in the Western tradition the second is the unit of time].


(a noun would have the determiner "this", '''maŋga''' has the determiner "thus" '''wedi'''(if you demonstrate the action)or '''wede''' (if someone else demonstrates the action))
The LHS wheel represents periods of time. Actually each 2 hour time period can be further subdivided into 12 periods of 10 minutes. For example '''aibai.a''' can be divided up into '''aibaijua aibaijau.a aibaifau.a aibaibau.a aibaigau.a aibaidau.a aibailau.a aibaicau.a aibaizau.a aibaikau.a aibaipau.a aibaitau.a '''. This scheme is seldom used though. By the way ... '''jejua''' => '''jejujua jejujau.a jejufau.a''' etc.


???
the first 10 minutes after midday is called '''abaijau.a'''.


..
The RHS wheel represents points of time ... '''jé aibai''' = midday : '''jé okai''' = midnight : '''jé jù''' = 6 o'clock in the morning (the start of the '''béu''' day). Only twelve points are shown, however there are actually 1728.
 
When '''ko.okai''' becomes '''bejua''' is unclear. A period of time that varies through-out the year is the '''jondia''' "dawn. It starts when the sun is first seen above the horizon and continues until it is clear of the horizon. This period will also vary according to position ... if you live in a deep valley '''jondia''' will come later than if you stay on the coast or on a plain. '''jindia''' is the '''jondia''' midpoint. This is a point of time.


=== .. The indicative===
The small wheel shows Sundown '''koikau''' and Sunrise '''jondia'''. '''koikau''' is important for spiritual observancies. These obviously vary through-out the year.


..
'''jindia''' is a technical term and not used a lot. It specifies when the middle of the sun clears the horizon at your particular locality. If you live in a valley this time would be of course delayed compared to your neighbours outside the valley. Trees or other man made obstructions are not taken into consideration when calculating this number.


The indicative is the most complicated verb form by far.
Here are some examples of the system in use ...


The indicative is called the '''hukəpe'''


But first we must introduce a new letter.
{|
|-
!  g-a-r-u ||  kolze
|-
| do-{{small|1SG-IND-FUT}} ||  day
|} ==> "I will do it during daylight hours"


..


[[Image:TW_191.png]]
{|
|-
!  gì || tw-a-r-u || jé || ugai
|-
| {{small|2SG}} || meet-{{small|1S-IND-FUT}} ||  at || 14:00
|} ==>"I'll meet you at 2 in the afternoon"


..
..


This letter has not been mentioned so far because it doesn't occur in any words as such.  
{| border=1
  ||  '''garu kolze'''
  || I'll do it during the day
  |-
  ||  '''garu noice'''
  || I'll do it at night
  |-
  ||  '''garu goize'''
  || I'll do it in the morning
  |} .... and so on


If you hear "r", you know you are hearing the main verb of a clause.
{| border=1
  ||  '''garu jejua'''
  || I'll do it between 6 and 8 in the morning
  |-
  ||  '''garu ajai.a'''
  || I'll do it between 8 and 10 in the morning
  |} .... and so on


This "r" and the suffixes attached to it, are what is known as the verb-train (translated from '''beu''')
{| border=1
 
  ||  '''gì twaru jé jù'''
One quirk of the '''beu''' orthography is that all instances of "o" in the verb train are dropped.  
  || I'll meet you at 6 o'clock in the morning
A quirk of the orthography, not the phonology, so remember to pronounce these "o"s.
  |-
  ||  '''gì twaru jé ezai'''
  || I'll meet you at 10 o'clock at night
  |-
  ||  '''gì twaru jé ajaujaija'''
  || I'll meet you at exactly 08:10:50 (that is 50 seconds past ten minutes past eight).
  |} .... and so on


..
..


==== .. Agent====
{|
|-
!  g-o-r-∅ ||  dinda-s
|-
| do-{{small|3SG-IND-HAB}} ||  "24 hours period"-{{small|ADV}}
|} ==> "He/she does it daily"


..
..


The first piece of information that must be given in the indicative is who does the action. To do this you first ...
{| border=1
  ||  '''gor kolzes'''
  || He usually does it during daylight hours
  |-
  ||  '''gor noices'''
  || She usually does it at night
  |-
  ||  '''gor aibai.as'''
  || He usually does it in the early afternoon
  |} .... and so on


1) Deleted the final vowel from the infinitive.
Four of the terms in the LHS wheel have natlang provenance ...


2) Then one of the 7 vowels below is must be added. These indicate the doer..
'''goize''' (basque) : '''hapon''' (cebuano) : '''wece''' (bosnian) : '''noice''' (portuguese)


[[Image:TW_109.png]]
..


Notice that there are 2 entries that represent the 1st person plural subject (i.e. we). The top one represents first person inclusive and the bottom one represents first person exclusive.
Also the meaning of two terms on the RHS wheel have expanded ...


Note that the '''ai''' form is used when you are talking about generalities ... the so called "impersonal form" ... English uses "you" or "one" for this function. 
'''aibai''' = noon => high point, zenith


The above defines the "person" of the verb. Then follows an "r" which indicates the word is an verb in the indicative mood. For example ...
'''okai''' = midnight => low point, nadir


'''doika''' = to walk
..


'''doikar''' = I walk
When the 5 relative time words combine with others the relative comes first. For example ... '''kuzaza jejua''' = early morning tomorrow


'''doikair''' and '''doikaur''' = we walk
..


'''doikir''' = you walk
There are also two undefined periods of time. '''jin''' and '''jon'''. '''jon''' is an order of magnitude greater than '''jin''' (but both are not rigorously defined).


'''doiker''' = you walk
'''jondi''' = now


'''doikr''' = he/she/it walks  ...  ( pronounced doikor )
'''jindi''' = exactly now


'''doikur''' = they walk
"longtime" '''súa''' / short-time '''gìa''' the latter giving rise to the adverb '''uzuas''' "soon"


..
'''kí''' = a time interval of 50 seconds ... I suppose it should be included when talking about daily time but it is invariably dropped. For example 8 o'clock is '''jé ajau''' not  '''jé kí ajau'''.


==== .. Tense/aspect====
[Note to self : talk about "the first century" = "century zero" : "the first kilometer" = "kilometer zero"]


..
..


This section is actually about the tense AND aspect markers of '''béu'''.
'''dinda''' = day (24 hours)


The bare "r" is for timeless statements, also tends to be used for habitual statements, especially when an adverb of time is mentioned. We can call this the "aortist".
Actually '''koikas''' also means 24 hours ... '''dinda''' is more technical/formal usage ... '''koikas''' is more everyday usuage. Also '''koikas''' is used only used with integers. For example ... if you were talking about the length of a year, '''dinda''' would be used as there is not an exact number of days in a year.


1) '''doikar''' = I walk
The '''béu''' day begins at sunrise. 6 o'clock in the morning is called '''jindia'''.


For the past tense you add "i" after the "r".
The period of time it takes the sun to appear is called '''jondia'''. This is not precisely defined. However '''jindia''' is exactly 6 o'clock in the morning.


2) '''doikari''' = I walked
The time of day is counted from '''jindia'''. 24 hours is considered one unit. 8 o'clock in the morning would be called '''ajai''' (usually just '''ajai''', but '''ajai yanfa''' or '''ajai yanfa dinda''' might also be heard).


For the future tense you add "u" after the "r".
The particle '''jé''' is always precedes points in time. To say that an action happened for a certain length of time ... it is usual just to have the "length of time" at the end of the clause. For example ...


3) '''doikaru''' = I will walk
..


For the present tense you use the copula and a participle.
'''jene (liga) wore odai yanfa (dinda)''' = Jane thought for 5 minutes ... '''liga''' and '''dinda''' would normally be dropped ... but they don't sound strange if included.


4) '''sar doikala''' = I am walking
..


And of course by tensing the copula you can make the following.
{| border=1
  |align=center| 6 o'clock in the morning
  |align=center| '''jindia'''
  |-
  |align=center| 8 o'clock in the morning
  |align=center| '''ajai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 10 o'clock in the morning
  |align=center| '''aufai'''
  |-
  |align=center| midday
  |align=center|  '''aibai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 2 o'clock in the afternoon
  |align=center| '''ugai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 4 o'clock in the afternoon
  |align=center| '''idai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 6 o'clock in the evening
  |align=center|  '''alai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 8 o'clock in the evening
  |align=center| '''oicai''' 
  |-
  |align=center| 10 o'clock at night
  |align=center| '''ezai'''
  |-
  |align=center| midnight
  |align=center|  '''okai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 2 o'clock in the morning
  |align=center| '''yapai'''
  |-
  |align=center| 4 o'clock in the morning
  |align=center| '''watai'''
|}


5) '''sari doikala''' = I was walking
Just for example, let us now consider the time between 4 and 6 in the afternoon.


6) '''saru doikala''' = I will be walking
16:00 would be '''idai''' : 16:10 would be '''idaijau''' : 16:20 would be '''idaifau''' .... all the way up to .... 17:50 which would be '''idaitau


For the perfect you add "a" after the "r".
Now all these names have in common the element '''idai''', hence the period from 4 o'clock to 6 o'clock is called '''idai.a''' (the plural of '''idai'''). This is exactly the same as us calling the period from 1960 -> 1969, "the sixties".


7) '''doikara''' = I have walked
The period from 6 to 8 in the morning is called '''jùa'''


And for the pluperfect you add "ai" after the "r".
The period .. 3 to 6 in the morning is called '''diamau'''
The period .. 6 to 9 in the morning is called '''diagoi'''
The period ..  9 to midday is called '''XXXmau'''
The period ..  midday to 3 afternoon is called '''XXXgoi'''
The period ..  3 afternoon to 6 at night is called '''cuamau'''
The period ..  6 in evening to 9 is called '''cuagoi'''
The period ..  9 in evening to midnight is called '''YYYmau'''
The period .. midnight to 3 in morning is called '''YYYgoi'''


8) '''doikarai''' = I had walked
XXX = zenith
YYY = nadir


And for the future perfect you add "au" after the "r".
For example "ten past six in the morning" would be '''jù ajau''', "twenty past six" would be '''jù afau''' and so on. The '''jù''' should never be dropped.


9) '''doikarau''' = I will have walked
In English we divide the day up into hours, minutes and seconds. In '''béu''' they only have the '''yanfa'''. The '''yanfa''' equals to 5 seconds.


And we can apply these last 3 tense/aspect markers to the copula to give ...
..


10) '''sara doikala''' = I have been walking
== ..... The Calendar ==


And of course by tensing the copula you can make the following.
..


11) '''sarai doikala''' = I had been walking
[[Image:TW_447.png]]


12) '''sarau doikala''' = I will have been walking
..


So there we are ... we have 12 tense/aspect distinctions in all.
The '''béu''' calendar is interesting. Definitely interesting. A 73 day period is called a '''dói'''. 5 x 73 => 365.


[The below is a discussion about the past tense versus the perfect aspect]
The phases of the moon are totally ignored in the '''béu''' system of keeping count of the time.


The perfect tense, logically doesn't differ that much difference from the past tense,. but it is emphasizing a state rather than an action. It represents the state at the time of speaking as the outcome of past events. We have this tense/aspect in English and it is realized as "have -en".  
The first day of the '''dói''' is '''nelauja''' followed by '''hija''', then '''auja  lozoja  celaija''' and then '''aiva''' etc. etc. all the way upto '''kiʔoka'''.


For example if you wanted to talk to John and you went to his office, his secretary might say "he has gone to lunch, this emphasizes the absence of John as opposed to "he went for lunch". The latter is just an action that happened in the past, the former is a present state brought about by a past action.  
The days to the right are workdays ('''saipito''') while the days to the left are days off work ('''saifuje'''). Each month has a special festival ('''hinta''') associated with it. These festivals are held in the three day period comprising '''lozoga, celaiga, helauga'''. The five "months" are named after the 5 planets that are visible to the naked eye. The 5 big festivals that occur every year are also named after these planets.


For another example ... "she read the book on geometry"


This doesn't specify whether she read it all the way thru or whether she just read a bit of it. Whereas ...
{| border=1
|align=center| mercury
|align=center| '''ʔoli'''
|align=center| Month 1
|align=center| '''doiʔoli'''
  |align=center| Xmas... on 21,22,23 Dec
|align=center| '''hinʔoli'''
|-
|align=center| venus
|align=center| '''pwè'''
|align=center| Month 2
|align=center| '''doipwe'''
|align=center| festival on 4,5,6 Mar
|align=center| '''himpwe'''
|-
|align=center| mars
|align=center| '''gú'''
|align=center| Month 3
|align=center| '''doigu'''
|align=center| festival on 16,17,18 May
|align=center| '''hiŋgu'''
|-
|align=center| jupiter
|align=center| '''gamazu'''
|align=center| Month 4
|align=center| '''doigamazu'''
|align=center| festival on 28,29,30 July
|align=center| '''hiŋgamazu'''
|-
|align=center| saturn
|align=center| '''yika'''
|align=center| Month 5
|align=center| '''doiyika'''
|align=center| festival on 9,10,11 Oct
|align=center| '''hinyika'''
|}


"she has read the book on geometry", implies she read the book all the way thru, but more importantly the connotation is that at the present time she has knowledge of geometry.


..
'''hinʔoli''' ... This is the most important festival of the year. It celebrates the starting of a fresh year. It celebrates the stop of the sun getting weaker. It is centred on the family and friends that you are living amongst.  Even though eating and drinking are involved in all the five festivals, this festival has the most looked-forward-to feasts.


==== .. Negation====
'''himpwe''' ... People gather at various regional centres to compete and spectate in various music and poetry competitions. Sky lanterns are usually released on the last day of this festival. On the first two days of the festival, what is called the "fire walk" is performed. This is to promote social solidarity. Each locality comprising up to 400 people build a fire in some open ground. These people are divided into 2 sections. One section to walk and one section to receive walkers. The walkers are further divided into groups. Each group is assigned another fire to visit and they set of in single file. Each of them carries a torch (a brand) ignited from the home fire. Upon arriving at the fire that they have been assigned (involving a walk of, maybe, 5 or 6 miles) they throw their brand into the fire as their hosts sing the "fire song". After that the visitors are offered much drinks and snacks by their hosts. There is considerable competition between the various localities to be the most generous host. The routes that people must go have been chosen previously by a central committee, but the destination is only revealed to the walkers just before they set out. On the second day the same thing happens but the two sections, the walkers and the receivers of the walkers, swap over rolls.


..
'''hiŋgu''' ...  It is usual to get together with old friends around this time and many parties are held.  Friends that live some distance away are given special consideration. Often journeys are undertaken to meet up with old acquainances. Also there is a big exchange of letters at this time. The most important happenings of the last year are stated in these letters along with hopes and plans for the coming year.


To negate any of the above, you add a "j" before the tense/aspect vowel and after the indicative "r".
'''hiŋgamazu''' ... This festival is all about outdoor competitions and sporting events. It is a little like a cross between the Olympics games and the highland games. People gather at various regional centres to compete and spectate in various team and individual competitions. However care is taken that no regional centre becomes too popular and people are discouraged from competing at centres other than their local one. Also at this festival, a "fire walk" is done,
just the same as at the "himpwe" festival.


For the aortist, the negative is formed by adding "jo". For example ...
'''hinyika''' ... Family that live some distance away are given special consideration. Often journeys are undertaken for family visits and ancestors ashboxes are visited if convenient. This is the second most important festival of the year. People often take extra time off work to travel, or to entertain guests. Fireworks are let of for a 2 hour period on the night of '''helauga'''. This is one of the few occasions where fireworks are allowed.


'''doikarj''' = I do not walk ... (pronounced doikarjo)
By the way, when a year changes, it doesn't change between months, it changes between '''lozoga''' and '''celaiga'''.


..
Every 4 years an extra day is added to the year. The '''doiʔoli''' gets a '''helauca'''.


==== .. Evidence====
'''béu''' also has a 128 year cycle. This circle is called '''ombatoze'''. There is a animal associated with every year of the '''ombatoze'''.


..
These animals are ;-


There are three markers that cites on what evidence the speaker is saying what he is saying. You do not have to stipulate on what evidence you are saying what you are saying. Most occurrences of the indicative verb do not have an evidence marker.
{|
| wolf || weasel/ermine/stoat/mink || bullfinch || badger
|-
| whale || opossum || albatross || beautiful armadillo 
|-
| giant anteater || lynx || eagle ||  cricket/grasshopper/locust
|-
| reindeer || springbok || dove || gnu/wildebeest
|-
| spider || Steller's sea cow  || seagull || gorilla
|-
| horse || scorpion || raven/crow || python
|-
| rhino || yak  || Kookaburra || porcupine ?
|-
| butterfly || triceratops || penguin  || koala
|-
| polar bear || manta-ray || hornbill || raccoon
|-
| crocodile/alligator || wolverine || pelican || zebra   
|-
| bee || warthog || peacock || capybara
|-
| bat || bear || crane/stork/heron || hedgehog
|-
| frog || lama || woodpecker || gemsbok
|-
| musk ox || chameleon || hawk || cheetah
|-
| lion || frill-necked lizard || toucan || okapi             
|-
| dolphin || aardvark || ostrich || T-rex
|-
| kangaroo || hyena || duck || driprotodon(wombat)
|-
| shark || cobra || kingfisher || gaur
|-
| dragonfly || mole || moa || chimpanzee       
|-
| turtle/tortoise || N.A. bison || black skimmer || panda
|-
| jaguar || snail || cormorant/shag || Cape buffalo
|-
| rabbit || colossal squid || vulture || glyptodon/doedicurus
|-
| beetle || seal || falcon || pangolin
|-
| megatherium || woolly mammoth || flamingo || baboon
|-
| elk/moose || squirrel || blue bird of paradise || lobster
|-
| tiger || gecko || grouse || seahorse
|-
| jackal/fox || octopus || swan || lemur
|-
| elephant || swordfish || parrot || auroch             
|-
| giraffe || ant || puffin || iguana
|-
| mouse || crab || swift || mongoose/meerkat
|-
| smilodon || giant beaver  || owl || mantis
|-
| camel || goat || hummingbird || walrus
|}


The markers are as follows ...
Each of these animals above is a '''toze''', which can be translated as "token", "icon" or "totem ". '''omba''' means a circle or cycle. So you can see where the name for the 128 year period comes from.


a) '''doikrin''' = "I guess that he walked" ... That is, worked out from some clues.
The very last  '''helauca''' of every '''ombatoze''' is dropped.


b) '''doikris''' = "They say he walked" ....... That is you have been told by some third party.
'''ombatoze''' is sometimes translated as "life", "generation" or "century"


c) '''doikria''' = "he walked, I saw him"
'''xxx''' means a 4 year period. It also means "calendar".


Note that the eye witness evidential only works with the past tense.
== ... All the numbers==


For the aortist, the evidence affixes are "on" and "os".  
..


'''doikrn''' = I guess that he walks ( pronounced  doikoron )
THE BELOW IS STILL VALID ... TOO LONG FOR MAIN PAGES


'''doikrjs ''' = They say she does not walk ( pronounced  doikorjos )
Here is a list of all the numbers ...


..
..


=== .. The subjunctive===
[[Image:SW_016.png]]


..
[[Image:SW_017.png]]


The subjunctive verb form comprises the same person/number component as the indicative, followed by "s".
[[Image:SW_018.png]]


The subjunctive is called the '''sudəpe'''
..


The main thing about the subjunctive is that it is not "asserted" ... it is not insisted upon ... there is a shadow of doubt as to whether the action will actually take place.
Actually I don't know why I produced the above. It more or less follows what we are accustomed to in the Western Mathematical Tradition (WMT).


This is in contrast to the indicative mood. In the indicative mood things definitely happen.
Ah to be living in a Universe with only 216 numbers. Such beautifull simplicity.


There are three places where the subjunctive turns up.  
..


1) There are a set of leading verbs that always change there trailing verbs to the subjunctive. For example, the leading verbs "want", "wish", "prefer", "request/ask for", "suggest", "recommend", "love/like", "think/judge", "be afraid", "demand/command", "let/allow", "advise", "forbid" etc etc. Often with the above there is a particle '''tà''' immediately after the leading verb. However '''tà''' can be dropped sometimes.
== ... 16 common words in a neat 4x4 matrix==


2) After '''hà''' "if". For example '''hà doikos, doikas''' = If he walks, I will walk
..


Note the gap between the two parts of the sentence.
Sixteen very common and useful little words are given in the table below ...


The above can be reconfigured a bit ... '''doikaru hà doikos''' = I will walk if he walks


Note that the first verb is in indicative form. Also no gap is needed (although you can put one in if you want)
[[Image:TW_883.png]]


"if only I could walk" ... the exact same construction is used in '''béu''' for wishful thinking.


3) As part of stand alone clauses ...
They obviously were erosions of what were two word expressions. For example '''*ú pú''' "all people" => '''upu'''. For the indefinite particles '''èn''' and '''ín''' it appears that an inversion of normal words order has also happened. These 16 words are mandatory ... for example ... if you heard '''*ú pú''' instead of '''upu''' you would think it very very strange.


'''doikas''' = "should I walk" or "let me walk" or "how about me walking" or "can I walk" or "maybe I should walk"
..


There is never any need for the question particle '''ʔai?''' ... even though some of my translations are questions in English.
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''uda'''
  |align=center| everywhere
  |align=center| '''uku'''
  |align=center| always
  |align=center| '''upu'''
  |align=center| everybody
  |align=center| '''ufan'''
  |align=center| everything
  |- 
  |align=center| '''juda'''
  |align=center| nowhere
  |align=center| '''juku'''
  |align=center| never  
  |align=center| '''jupu'''
  |align=center| nobody
  |align=center| '''jufan'''
  |align=center| nothing
  |- 
  |align=center| '''ida'''
  |align=center| anywhere
  |align=center| '''iku'''
  |align=center| anytime
  |align=center| '''ipu'''
  |align=center| anybody
  |align=center| '''ifan'''
  |align=center| anything
  |- 
  |align=center| '''eda'''
  |align=center| somewhere
  |align=center| '''eku'''
  |align=center| sometime
  |align=center| '''epu'''
  |align=center| somebody
  |align=center| '''efan'''  
  |align=center| something
  |}


'''doikis''' = "maybe you should walk" or "why don't you walk" or "how about you walking"


'''doikos''' = "let him walk"
Eight of sixteen have plural forms. Six of these eight give you a choice ... use a special correlative form or use a generic noun with the relevant indefinite particle. For example ...


'''doikos jono''' = "let John walk"


For transitive verbs ...
{| border=1
|align=center| '''ida'''
|align=center| anywhere
|align=center| '''iku'''
|align=center| anytime
|align=center| '''ipu'''
|align=center| anybody
|align=center| '''ifan'''
|align=center| anything
|-
|align=center| '''nda ín''' or '''inda'''
|align=center| any places
|align=center| '''nkyu ín''' or '''inku'''
|align=center| any times
|align=center| '''mpu ín''' or '''impu'''
|align=center| any people
|align=center| '''fanyoi ín'''
|align=center| any things
|-
|align=center|
|-
|align=center| '''eda'''
|align=center| somewhere
|align=center| '''eku'''
|align=center| sometime
|align=center| '''epu'''
|align=center| somebody
|align=center| '''efan'''
|align=center| something
|-
|align=center| '''nda èn''' or '''enda'''
|align=center| some places
|align=center| '''nkyu èn''' or '''enku'''
|align=center| some times
|align=center| '''mpu èn''' or '''empu'''
|align=center| some people
|align=center| '''fanyoi èn'''
|align=center| some things
|}


'''timpos baus waulo''' = let the man hit the dog


SAVE GOD KING ????????? = God save the king
..


'''diablos ʔawos ò''' = May the Devil take him


The negative subjunctive is formed by adding '''ka'''. For example ...
(Note to self : resolve the stuff below)


'''doikoska''' = best not to let him walk
The columns are related to  the words ... '''dàn''' = place ... '''kyùs''' = time/occasion ... '''fanyo''' = thing


It is a convention in '''beu''' that the "a" is always dropped. I will follow that convention in my transliteration. So ... '''doikosk''' from now on.
'''upu''' can mean "each person" and "all the people". If they act together '''uwe''' can be added. If they act individually '''bajawe''' can be added.


They locked him up so that he would starve to death
..


They let him out at night so that he would not starve to death


..
== ... Classifiers ==
 
=== .. The imperative===


..
..


This is used for giving orders. When you utter an imperative you do not expect a discussion about the appropriateness of the action  (although a discussion about the best way to perform the action is possible).
I once thought to have a classifier system. Classifiers are nearly always an open set. Only about half the nouns would take a classifier. The 11 below would have special status.
[[Image:SW_068.png]]


For non-monosyllabic verbs ...
Maybe fusing with the number that modifies them.


1) First the final vowel of the infinitive is deleted and replaced with '''u'''.
..


'''doika''' = to walk
== ... Happenings overlapping ==


'''doiku''' = walk !
..


For monosyllabic verbs '''u''' is prefixed.
I call '''ʔés''' and '''hogi''' "overlap words".


'''gàu''' = to do
You sometimes come across them referred to as  "aspectual operators" or "aspectual particles" in the Western Linguistic Tradition.


'''ugau''' = do it !
Most languages have equivalents to these two particles ...


The negative imperative is formed by putting the particle '''kyà''' before the infinitive.
..


'''kyà doika''' =  Don't walk !
{|border=1
|align=center| English
|align=center| already
|align=center| still
|-
|align=center| German
|align=center| schon
|align=center| noch
|-
|align=center| '''béu'''
|align=center| '''ʔés'''
  |align=center| '''hogi'''
|-
|align=center| French
|align=center| déjà
|align=center| encore
|-
|align=center| Mandarin
|align=center| yîjing
|align=center| hái
|-
|align=center| Dutch
|align=center| al
|align=center| nog
|-
|align=center| Russian
|align=center| uže
|align=center| eščë
|-
|align=center| Serbo-Croatian
|align=center| već
|align=center| još
|-
|align=center| Finnish
|align=center| jo
|align=center| vielä
|-
|align=center| Swedish
|align=center| redan
|align=center| än(nu)
|-
|align=center| Indonesian
|align=center| sudah
|align=center| masih
|}


..
..


== ..... le lu and lo==
'''hogi''' indicates ...
..


Earlier we have seen that when 2 nouns come together the second one qualifies the first.
1) An activity is ongoing.


However this is only true when the words have no '''pilana''' affixed.  If you have two contiguous nouns suffixed by the same '''pilana''' then they are both considered to contribute equally to the sentence roll specified. For example ...
2) The activity must stop some time in the future, possibly quite soon.


'''jonos jenes solber moʒi''' = "John and Jane drink water"
3) There is a certain expectation<sup>*</sup> that the activity should have stopped by now.


In the absence of affixed '''pilana''', to show that two nouns contribute equally to a sentence (instead of the second one qualifying the first) the particle '''lé''' can be placed between them.  
'''ʔés''' indicates ...


This word is that is never written out in full but has its own symbol. See below ...
1) An activity is ongoing.


[[Image:TW_227.png]]
2) The activity was not ongoing some time in the past, possibly quite recently.


Another similar particle is '''lú''' meaning "or". Its also has a special symbol. See below ...
3) There is a certain expectation<sup>*</sup> that the activity should not have started yet.


[[Image:TW_226.png]]
..


'''jenes blor solbe moʒi lú ʔazwo''' = "Jane can drink water or milk"
<sup>*</sup> Inevitably a connotation of "contrary to expectation" will develope to a certain degree. This is because if the situation was according to expectation often nothing would need be utterred. Hence '''hogi'''  
and '''ʔés''' are often found in contrary to expectation situation which in turn colours their meaning.


'''jonos jenes bwuri hói sadu lè léu ʔusʔa faja dí''' = John and Jane saw two elephants and three giraffes this morning.
..


In '''béu''', as in English, if it is obvious to the listener that a string of nouns are going to be given then they can be spoken with just a slight pause between them. However '''lè''' must always separate the last from the second last. But having '''lè''' between every member of a list is also permissible.
[[Image:SW_006.png]]


'''jenes bwori hói sadu _ léu ʔusʔa _ uga moŋgo lè ilda gaifai faja dí''' = Jane saw two elephants, three giraffes, four gibbons and five flamengos this morning.
..


..
A very interesting thing about the overlap couplet is how they are negated cross-linguisticly. Either the particle can be negated or the verb can be negated. The first case I represent with a bar  over the operator+verb. The second case with a bar over the verb only.


'''lò''' = other


'''kyulo''' = again
Notice ... compared to the positive case, if the operator+verb is negated ... the line that represents onset/cessation of activity is moved to the other side of the dashed line representing "now".


'''lowe''' = otherwire
Notice ... compared to the positive case, if the verb is negated ... then the yellow place becomes white and the white space becomes yellow.


..
..


== ..... '''kolape'''==
[[Image:SW_007.png]] .... [[Image:TW_996.png]]


This is a complement clause construction. In English there are 7 types of complement clauses, in '''béu''' there are only 3.
..


A complement clause is call a '''kolape''' in '''béu'''. The three types are briefly summarised below and then each of the types is discussed in more detail.
As you see by above ... by changing whether the negator act on the operator+verb or whether only on the verb give diametrically opposite meanings.


1) I remembered writing the book ... this conveys that the whole process of locking the door is going thru the speakers mind ... '''???ari pá kludau toili'''
Note that there are 4 possible negative cases to choose from and a language only needs 2. A language (to cover all negative cases) should be either "(a) (b) type" or "(c) (d) type" or " (a) (c) type" or "(b) (d) type"


The '''béu''' form above looks similar to the English "I remembered to write the book". However this is NOT the meaning.
Cross linguistically there are interesting variations. All Slavic languages prefer verb negation, hence they are (c) (d) types.


To say "I remembered to write the book" in '''béu''' you would say '''???ari tá toili () kludu''' ... see the section about participles.
In German, only (a) and (c) are allowed in positive declarations.  


2) I thought that I wrote the book  ... takes the same form in '''béu''' ... '''olgari tá kludari toili'''
Nahuatl has negation of the operator so is (a) (b) type.


3) He asked me whether I had written the book ??? ... ask'''ori (pavi) tavoi kludari toili'''
English is a bit tricky ... it has suppletion and uses "not yet" for situation (c) and "no longer" for situation (d). Now in English "yet" means pretty much the same as "still". I believe "yet" was the original particle but "still" over time largely usurped it in the positive case. However the form "not yet" ... if taken at face value would seem to negate the operator. But it doesn't. Logically it would make more sense if we said "yet not" instead of "not yet" [i.e. we have situation (c) rather than (b)]. I am sure there is a perfectly good explanation for this reversal but unfortunately I do not know it ... anyway ... nothing to worry about too much. [ The form "not work yet" seems more logical in its word order ... how can "not" in "not yet work" have "work" under its scope but not "yet" ... but apparently that is the way it works ]


==='''kolape jù'''===
In '''béu''', '''bù''' negates the whole clause and '''jù''' simply negates the following word. In '''béu''' to negate a clause containing '''hogi''' or '''?és''', '''jù''' is always inserted immediately before the verb. It can be seen that it patterns with the Slavic languages.


In '''béu''' the word order is usually free. This is not true in a '''kalope jù'''
..


'''jono<sub>S</sub> rì kéu''' = John was bad
{|
|-
! hogi || kod-a-r-a || dían
|-
| still || work-{{small|1SG-IND-PRES}}  || here
|} ==> I am still working here


'''(pà solbe moze pona sacowe)<sub>S</sub> rì kéu''' = my drinking the cold water quickly was bad


Notice that '''pà solbe moze pona sacowe''' behaves as one element. It has the same function as "John" in the previous example.
{|
|-
! ʔés || kod-a-r-a || dían
|-
| already || work-{{small|1SG-IND-PRES}}  || here
|} ==> I already work here


The word order inside '''kolape jù''' is fixed. It must be S  V  or  A  V  O for a transitive clause (any other peripheral arguments are stuck on at the end).


Also notice that the ergative marker '''-s''' which is usually attached to the A argument is dropped. Actually for pronouns it is not just the dropping of the '''-s''', but a change of tone also, so this form is identical to the O form of the pronoun.
{|
|-
! hogi || jù || kod-a-r-a || dían
|-
| still || not || work-{{small|1SG-IND-PRES}}  || here
|} ==> I don't work here yet


The '''kolape''' above, if expressed as a main clause would be.


'''(pás) solbari saco<sup>*</sup> moze pona''' = I drank the cold water quickly
{|
|-
! ʔés || jù || kod-a-r-a || dían
|-
| already || not || work-{{small|1SG-IND-PRES}}  || here
|} ==> I no longer work here


Other examples ;-
..


'''wàr solbe''' (I want to drink) is another example.  ('''''' = to want)
These operators are usually used to specify overlap with present time ... (I call the present time, NOW, in the diagrams). I would think this is true of every language (notice that the above examples the tense is always -'''a'''). However it is a trivial matter to reference the time of onset/cessation of activity to a different time ... you just change the tense.


'''klori jono timpa jene''' (he saw John hitting Jane) ... ('''klói''' = to see)
..


'''kolape jù?''' can be considered as a noun phrase and the fixed ordering of elements can be seen as a reflextion of the strict order of elements in a normal noun phrase
== ... Non-zero reference time ==


Subject<sub>1</sub> Head<sub>2</sub> Object<sub>3</sub>(Peripheral arguments<sub>4</sub> x n)
..


1)  The "A" argument or the "S" argument.
If the reference time is not NOW, we have an overlap-word clause, non-zero reference time.


2)  The verb.
The example below has a refernce time in the past. This is shown by having verb in the past tense. (Note to specify tense, person must first be specified ... I went for 3SG)


3)  The "O" argument, which would of course be non-existent in an intransitive clause.
..


4)  Adverbs and everything else.
[[Image:SW_003.png]]


A '''gomia''' such as '''solbe''' can be regarded as a proper noun<sup>**</sup> and can be the head of a '''cwidauza''' (see a previous section)
..


or it can be the head of a '''kalope jù'''. But these two constructions are always distinct. For example you couldn't append a determiner to a '''kalope jù''' ... (or could you ??)
To have the reference time in the future, simply put the future tense on the verb.


<sup>*</sup> in a main clause the adverb can appear anywhere if suffixed with '''-we'''. But in '''kalope jù''' the adverb must come after the Subject, Verb and Object.
Now when you have a reference time other than NOW, this reference time must be already understood by all or it must be explicitly stated. For example ...


<sup>**</sup> A '''gomia''' never forms a plural or takes personal infixes in the way a normal noun does. Also it only takes a very reduced subset of '''pilana''', so a '''gomia''' can be regarded as an entity half way between nounhood and verb hood. For that reason I consider '''gomia''' as a part of speech, standing alongside "noun" and "verb".
{|
|-
! ʔès || kod-o-r-i || dían || kyù ||  baba ò  ||    dai-o-r-i 
|-
| already || work-{{small|3SG-IND-PAST}}  || here  ||  when  ||  his father  ||    die-{{small|3SG-IND-PAST}}
|} ==> He was already working here when his father died


==='''kolape tá'''===
..


In this form the full verb<sup>*</sup> is used, not the '''gomia'''. Also we have a special complementiser particle '''tá''' which comes at the head of the complement clause.
In the above examples, the reference times are not NOW but are specified by another action (or state).


'''wàr tá jonos timporu jene''' = I want John to hit Jane
..


'''klori tá jonos timpori jene''' (he saw that John hit Jane) ... ('''klói''' = to see)
== ... When the overlap is specified ==


<sup>*</sup>Well not quite the full form. Evidentials are never expressed.
..


==='''kolape tói'''===
Sometimes the time of overlap between the reference time and the onset/cessation of activity is specified. I call this an overlap clause with absolutely specified overlap time.   


This is equivalent to English word "whether".
By the way ... overlap clause, specified overlap time and a plain overlap clause have significantly different meaning  ...  '''ʔès''' and '''ʔàn''' clause are focused on the present time ... if an "offset time" is added then we focus on a period of past time extending into the present or a period of time extending from the present into the future. For example ...




{|
|-
! ʔàn || kod-a-r-u || dían || áus || euca || yìa
|-
| yet || work-{{small|1SG-IND-FUT}}  || here  || period || seven  || year
|} ==> I will work here for seven more years


'''sa''' ''RAF'' '''kalme''' ''Luftwaffe'' '''kyori''' ''Hitler'' '''olga tena''' => The RAF's destruction of the Luftwaffe, made Hitler think again. ... here a '''gomiaza''' acts as the A-argument.


{|
|-
! ʔès || kod-a-r-a || dían || áus || euca || yìa
|-
| already || work-{{small|1SG-IND-FUT}}  || here  || period ||seven  || year
|} ==> I have worked here for seven years




<sup>*</sup>in the combinations where '''sacowe''' immediately followed '''solbe''' it is merely '''saco'''
Note ... If I wanted to give logical symmetry to the two case I could have used the present tense ('''kodara''') for both. However the human mind treats past time and future time very different ... the future action is uncertain.
-----------


Things to think about
I thought this difference in treatment should be reflected in the grammar ... as in fact it is in most natural languages ... so '''ʔàn kodaru dían euca yìa''' instead of '''ʔàn kodara dían euca yìa'''


what is a '''gomiaza'''
..


Can this be used for a causative construction ??
Negating the above


..


== ..... The parts of speech of béu==
Now we have already said that '''béu''' is basically an (a) (b) type language.  


"Parts of speech" is linguistic jargon, which is referring to the different "classes" of words a language might have. For example "nouns", "verbs", etc. etc.
However if we have a specified offset time it becomes (c)  (d) type.


In fact nouns (N), verbs (V) and adjectives (A) are the big three, and after some debate over the last 30 years, it has been agreed that every language has these three word classes.
The negator used in this case is '''jù''' rather than '''bú'''.


In '''béu''' a noun is called '''cwidau''' ('''cwì''' meaning a physical object), a verb is called '''jaudau''' ('''jàu''' meaning "to move"), and an adjective is called '''saidau''' ('''sài''' meaning "a colour").
To explain the reason for this .... well take the case of the English sentence  ... "I have worked here for seven years" [ '''ʔàn kodara dían euca yìa''' ]


There are other classes of words in '''béu''' as there are in other languages. '''béu''' has adverbs ('''wedau''') but these don't really come into their own, being more a form an adjective takes in certain situations. Also a lot of words that are called adverbs in English are called particles ('''feŋgia''') (F) in '''béu'''. Particles are a type of hold-all category for a word that doesn't fit into any of the other classes. Under the term "particle" many subclasses can be defined, and in fact some subclasses have a class membership of one. If you come across a word that can not easily be equated with any of the major word classes ... well then you probably have a '''feŋgi'''.
Now if we negate the English we get "I have ''not'' worked here for seven years"  


It is necessary to talk about another part of speech which I will refer to by the '''béu''' term '''helgo'''<sup>*</sup> (G). It is a form of the verb which is called the "infinitive" in the Western linguistic tradition.
However this is ambiguous ... does it mean "I have been idol for seven years" or "I have worked for a period of time different from seven years"


The reason for this is that a verb in a sentence functioning as verbs commonly do, has person, number, tense, aspect and evidentiality expressed on the verb as series of suffixes, hence the "tail". These items are not expressed on the '''helgo'''.
'''béu''' avoids this ambiguity by using the negative operator '''''' which only negates the element immediately following. So ...


For example '''solbarin''' (I drank, so they say) is a '''helgo'''.
"I have been idol for seven years" => '''ʔàn jù kodara dían euca yìa'''


'''solbarin''' is built up from the '''ma  '''solbe'''" ...  first you delete the final vowel => then you add "'''a'''" meaning first person singular subject => then you add "'''r'''" meaning that the mood is indicative (as opposed to imperative or subjunctive) => then you add "'''i'''" meaning simple past tense => and finally you add "'''n'''" which is an evidential, meaning that the utterance is based on what other people have said.
"I have worked for a period of time different from seven years" => '''ʔàn kodara dían jù euca yìa'''


'''solbarin''' is '''manka pomo''' or "a full tail verb".  
..


The three evidential markers are all optional, so they can quite easily be dropped. '''solbari''' (I drank)
[[Image:SW_004.png]]


'''solbis''' (you lot drink) and '''solbon''' (let him drink) ... the first is an example of the imperative and the second is an example of the subjunctive (more linguistic jargon ... sorry).
[[Image:SW_005.png]]


-----------------
..


'''solbai''' is called an part verb ???
Note : the bottom left one is '''?àn jù kodara euca yìa''' rather than  '''*?ès jù kodara euca yìa'''


== ..... Another relativizer
THIS IS BECAUSE ?


There is another relativized in '''béu''' that refers back to a whole proposition. In English "which" is sometimes given this function. For example ...


1) ... John had completely forgotten his wedding anniversary which really annoyed his wife.
The rule is that '''bù''' is not allowed in a clause that has '''ʔès'''/'''ʔàn''' and an "specified offset time".


'''béu''' uses '''nài''' in a similar way to how which is used in the above example. Also the same shorthand form is used for '''nài''' and '''nái'''. However no misunderstanding is possible since '''nài''' always has a pause before it (how do I do a comma ?) and '''nái''' always is immediately after a noun.
Note ... in English, one of the functions of the perfect is to indicate that an action started sometime in the past and is still going on. For example ... "I have worked here for seven years". In '''béu''' this is indicated by '''ʔès''' ...


==Mmmh ... Three verb based phrases==
..


These "set the scene" for the main clause.
While we are discussing this area I really should mention the '''béu''' non-overlap clause with duration and present tense.


1) habitual aspect
If a time period is mentioned with a verb in '''béu''' the time period denote how long the activity went on for ... the ''duration'' of the activity (the duration usually follows the verb and no preposition ... like "for" ... is needed).
However if '''ʔès'''/'''ʔàn''' are in the clause, the time period mentioned refers not to duration but to overlap. In this section we only talk about clauses with duration.


2) perfect aspect
For the '''i''', '''e''' and '''u''' tenses these constructions are self explanatory. For example ...


3) has "future participal" or "modal" meaning ...


The '''plovaza''' (adjective phrase) is a clause that sets the scene for the main action.
{|
   
|-
1) "waiting on tables six nights a week", Kirsty had come to know all the regular customers // "their mains flowing", they ran across the field and down to the river.
!  kod-a-r-i || dían || áus || euca || yìa
|-
| work-{{small|1SG-IND-PAST}}  || here || period || seven  || year
|} ==> I worked here for seven years (but I no longer work here).


2) "his leg broken", he slowly crawled up the sand dune and ...


3) "having to pack all the stereos before lunch", he did not stop for a tea-break.
However duration along with a present tense is worth mentioning.


In '''beu''' we could have


1) '''fi''' plus dead verb phrase
{|
|-
!  kod-a-r-a|| dían || euca || yìa
|-
| work-{{small|1SG-IND-PRES}}  || here  || seven  || year
|} ==> I will working here for seven years in total ............. I think this is disallowed


2) '''tu''' plus '''wai''' participle.


3) '''tu''' plus "all the stereos pack'''wau''' before lunch.
In the above example ... we are told that the total work period is seven years, but we get no information about how far we are through this seven year period. One doesn't hear this construction (present tense along with a time period) that often, but when you do hear it, its meaning is quite clear.  


------
..
In English grammar this is called a nominative absolute construction. It is a free-standing (absolute) part of a sentence that describes or modifies the main subject and verb. It is usually at the beginning or end of the sentence, although it can also appear in the middle. Its parallel is the ablative absolute in Latin, or the genitive absolute in Greek.
------


==  Noun Phrase==
PS ... If you want to know more about aspect operators "The Meaning of Focus Particles" by Ekkehard König is the book for you.


This is a noun. For example '''bàu''' "man"
..


== ... Restrictions ==


Sometimes the head can be dropped. When this happens, sometimes the particle  '''à''' will stand in for the actual noun.
..


When the dropped noun is plural, the particle '''á''' is used.
Let us discuss restrictions on these particles for a moment. Three rules to remember ...


Whether these particles are used or not, depends on what is the most important part of the NP left after the noun is dropped.
1) '''lói''' and '''màs''' can co-exist with any particles from slot 2.


The order of importance is "adjective" then "determiner" then "RC" ...
2) '''lói''' and '''màs''' can co-exist with '''bù''' from slot 3 but not with '''jù'''.


When the most important remaining component is an adjective, then you must use the particle. So ...
3) No particles from slot 2 can co-exist with  '''bù'''.
4) Only '''?àn''' and '''?ès''' from slot 2 can co-exits with '''jù'''.


'''à gèu''' = the green one
..


'''á gèu''' = the green ones
One usage of '''''' (slot 3) is mentioned above. Another usage is in certain SCV's. For example "listen not hear" ... "look not see" ... "try not succeed" where '''jù''' replaces the normal '''lé''' between the verbs.


'''à gèu bòi''' = the green one is good
[ ANY OTHER USAGE ? ]


When the most important remaining component is an determiner, then you can either use the particle or drop the particle. So ...
..


'''à dè bòi''' = that one is good
== ..... Numbers==


'''á dè bòi''' = these are good
..


[ '''dè bòi''' = that is good .... referring to a statement or a situation ?? ]
The standard set comprises of the numbers from 1 to 1727<sub>10</sub> (which is 1 to 1000<sub>12</sub> in base twelve). Every number in the standard set has a unique form.


Utterance initial you nearly always find the particle before the determiner.
Five random numbers are given below to demonstrate  ...


[ But what about numbers ?? ]
{| border=1
  |align=right| '''oila'''
  |align=left| = 6
  |-
  |align=right|  '''eucaifa'''
  |align=left| = 72<sub>12</sub>
  |-
  |align=right| '''odauba'''
  |align=left| = 503<sub>12</sub>
  |-
  |align=right| '''odaugaiba'''
  |align=left| = 543<sub>12</sub>
  |-
  |align=right| '''oilaugai'''
  |align=left| =  640<sub>12</sub>
  |}


No particle is used with RC's
..


==  Depository for béu linguistic terms==
And below is how these numbers are written within a body of text.


LINGUISTIC JARGON ... In the Western linguistic tradition, these markers are said to represent "person" and "number". Person is either first, second or third person (i.e. I, you, he or she). In the béu linguistic tradition they are called '''cenʔo'''-markers. ('''cenʔo''' = musterlist, people that you know, acquaintances, protagonist, list of characters in a play)
..
[[Image:TW_366.png]]


These markers represent the subject (the person that is performing the action). Whenever possible the pronoun that represents the subject is dropped, it is not needed because we have that information inside the verb with the '''cenʔo'''-markers.
Within a body of text ("textblock" from now on) a number written vertically and is headed up by a special three sided bracket. The only use of this bracket is to indicate a number within a textblock.


Now these markers represent what are called tense/aspect markers in the Western linguistic tradition. In the '''béu''' linguistic tradition, they are called '''gwomai''' or "modifications". ('''gwoma''' = to alter, to modify, to adjust, to change one attribute of something).
Below this bracket, the number is written with a letter representing each digit of the number


4) and finally one of the 4 '''teŋko'''-markers shown below is added.
Under the bracket the number is written using a letter symbol.


'''teŋkai''' is a verb, meaning "to prove" or "to testify" or "to give evidence" or "to demonstrate" ... '''teŋko''' is a noun derived from the above, and means "proof" or "evidence".
{|border=1
|align=center| letter
|align=center|
|align=center| digit
|align=center| .....
|align=center| letter
|align=center|
|align=center| digit
|align=center| .....
|align=center| letter
|align=center|
|align=center| digit
|-
|align=center| J
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 1
|align=center|
|align=center| D
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 5
|align=center|
|align=center| K
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 9
|-
|align=center| F
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 2
|align=center|
|align=center| L
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 6
|align=center|
|align=center| P
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 10
|-
|align=center| B
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 3
|align=center|
|align=center| C
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 7
|align=center|
|align=center| T
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 11
|-
|align=center| G
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 4
|align=center|
|align=center| S
|align=center| =>
|align=center| 8
|}


By the way, the '''béu''' terms for the five aspects represented by these 5 rows are ... '''baga''', '''dewe''', '''liʒi''', '''pomo''' and '''fene''' ... i.e. in the tense/aspect table.
You can see that base 12 is being used. (just for explanatory purposes I will use "T" for 10 and "E" for 11)


..
More or less the same symbols is used for the number digit as for the letter. They take their initial, medial or final form, depending on whether the are the first, second or third number of the three digit group. '''táu ʔusʔa''' is used for inserting zeroes. '''táu ʔusʔa''' is never pronounced, it is only a place holder as number magnitude depends on position.


==Pondering the subjunctive==
Although there is a unique word for 1727 numbers, it is not necessary to memorize 1727 unique forms. The 1727 numbers are built up from smaller elements. These elements are shown below ...


..
..


I think the first verb we learn when we are growing up. And it retains its importance to us all thru life. I thought it deserves a section to itself.
{| border=1
 
  |align=right| 100<sub>12</sub> =
Maybe I should forget about the subjunctive (ends in '''xn''', before ended in '''xs''', maybe should end in '''xk''') and do things another way ??
  |align=left| '''ajau'''
 
  |align=right| 10<sub>12</sub> =
==The transitivity of verbs in '''béu'''==
  |align=left| '''ajai'''
 
  |align=right| one =
  |align=left| '''aja'''
  |-
  |align=right| 200<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''ifau'''
  |align=right| 20<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''ifai'''
  |align=right| two =
  |align=left|  '''ifa'''
  |-
  |align=right| 300<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''ubau'''
  |align=right| 30<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''ubai'''
  |align=right| three =
  |align=left| '''uba'''
  |-
  |align=right| 400<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''egau'''
  |align=right| 40<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''egai'''
  |align=right| four =
  |align=left| '''ega'''
  |-
  |align=right| 500<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''odau'''
  |align=right| 50<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''odai'''
  |align=right| five =
  |align=left| '''oda'''
  |-
  |align=right| 600<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''oilau'''
  |align=right| 60<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''oilai'''
  |align=right| six =
  |align=left| '''oila'''
  |-
  |align=right| 700<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''eucau'''
  |align=right| 70<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''eucai'''  
  |align=right| seven =
  |align=left|  '''euca'''
  |-
  |align=right| 800<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''aizau'''
  |align=right| 80<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''aizai'''
  |align=right| eight =
  |align=left| '''aiza'''
  |-
  |align=right| 900<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''aukau'''
  |align=right| 90<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''aukai'''
  |align=right| nine =
  |align=left| '''auka'''
  |-
  |align=right| T00<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''yapau'''
  |align=right| T0<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''yapai'''
  |align=right| T =
  |align=left| '''yapa'''
  |-
  |align=right|  E00<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''watau'''
  |align=right|  E0<sub>12</sub> =
  |align=left| '''watai'''
  |align=right|  E =
  |align=left| '''wata'''
  |}
..
..


All languages have a Verb class, generally with at least several hundred members.  
To construct a number from the above ...


Leaving aside copula clauses, there are two recurrent clause types, transitive and intransitive. Verbs can be classified according to
1) Select which elements you need. For example, for 543<sub>12</sub>, you will need the elements '''odau''' +  '''egai''' + '''uba'''
the clause type they may occur in:
(a) Intransitive verbs, which may only occur in the predicate of an intransitive clause; for example, "snore" in English.
(b) Transitive verbs, which may only occur in the predicate of a transitive clause; for example, "hit" in English.
In some languages, all verbs are either strictly intransitive or strictly transitive. But in others there are ambitransitive (or labile) verbs, which may be used in an intransitive or in a transitive clause. These are of two varieties:
(c) Ambitransitives of type S = A. An English example is "knit", as in "She<sub>S</sub> knits" and "She<sub>A</sub> knits socks<sub>O</sub>".
(d) Ambitransitives of type S = O. An English example is "melt", as in "The butter<sub>S</sub> melted" and "She<sub>A</sub> melted the butter<sub>O</sub>".


English verbs can be divided into the four types mentioned above. '''béu''' verbs however can only be divided into two types, a) Intransitive, and b) Transitive. In this section it will be shown how the four English types of verb map into the two '''béu''' types. (Of course there is nothing special or unique about English ... other than the fact that a reader of this grammatical sketch will already be familiar with English)
2) If the element is non-initial, delete the initial vowel of the element => '''odau''' +  '''gai''' + '''ba''' ... (note that '''ya''' and '''wa''' were originally '''ia''' and '''ua''' ... they should be deleted)


..
3) Join the elements up => '''odaugaiba'''
 
intransitive


..
..


'''An intransitive verb in English => an intransitive verb in béu'''
There is a soecial form for 1, 2 and 3 ... '''aja''', '''ifa''' and '''uba''', while used for building up larger numbers, are never used by themselves when qualifying animate things. Instead we use ...


..
..


An example of an intransitive verb in English is "laugh". This is also an intransitive verb in '''béu'''. In a clause containing an intransitive verb, the only argument that you have is the S argument.
  {|border=1
 
   |align=center| '''ʔà'''
By the way ... some concepts that are adjectives in English are primarily intransitive verbs in '''béu''', for example ;- to be angry, to be sick, to be healthy etc. etc.
   |align=center| one
 
Ambitransitive of type S=O
 
..
 
  {| border=1
   |align=center|  
   |align=left| x) ''' An intransitive in béu'''
   |-
   |-
   |align=center| '''An "ambitransitive of type S=O" =>'''
   |align=center| '''hói'''
   |align=left| y) '''A pair of verbs, one being intransitive and one being transitive'''
   |align=center| two
   |-
   |-
   |align=center|  
   |align=center| '''léu'''
   |align=left| z) '''A transitive in béu'''
   |align=center| three
   |}
   |}


..
..


x)  "Ambitransitive verbs of type S=O" which have greater frequency in intransitive clauses, are intransitive verbs in '''béu'''.
'''ʔà''' along with its plural form '''ʔài''' are also used to code indefiniteness ???


For example ;- '''flompe''' = to trip, '''(ò)<sub>S</sub> flomporta''' = She has tripped
..


y)  "Ambitransitive of type S=O" verbs which are frequent in both transitive and intransitive clauses, are represented as a pair of verbs in '''béu''', one of which is intransitive and one transitive. There are a few hundred '''béu''' verbs that come in pairs like this. One should not be thought of as derived from the other; each form should be considered equally fundamental. All the pairs have the same form, except the transitive one has an extra "'''l'''" before its final consonant.  
Numbers are never written out in full. Always the method given above is used. It is as if in a body of English text you never came across the "seven" but only "7".


For example '''hakori kusoni<sub>S</sub>''' = his chair broke : '''(pás)<sub>A</sub> halkari kusoni<sub>O</sub>''' = I broke his chair :
..


z) "Ambitransitive of type S=O" verbs which have greater frequency in transitive clauses, are transitive vebs in '''béu'''.  
Note ... If you had a leading zero you would use the word  '''jù'''. 007 would be '''jù jù euca''' (three words). To deal with a telephone number, you would lump the numbers in threes (any leading zero or zeroes by themselves though) and outspeak the numbers. If you were left with a single digit (say 4) it would be pronounced '''egau'''. If you were to pronounce it '''ega''', it would of course mean 004. Also you would probably add the particle '''''' at the end.


For example ;- '''nava''' = to open, '''(pás)<sub>A</sub> navaru pinto<sub>O</sub>''' = I am going to open the door
..


== ... Ordinal numbers==


Ambitransitive verbs of type S=A and Transitive verbs
..
.
.


{| border=1
With fractions, cardinal numbers and numbers denoting group size, there is the choice of writing 7<sup>th</sup> or seventh. That is you can either use the symbols given below or you can write out in full ... in this example '''dega''', '''lega''' and '''egan'''.
  |align=centre|  '''An "ambitransitive of type S=A"'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|  or
  |align=center|  '''=> A transitive in béu'''
  |-
  |align=right| '''A transitive verb in English'''
  |align=center| 
  |}
.
.


I am taking transitive and ambitransitive of type (S=A) together as I consider them to be basically the same thing but tending to opposite ends of a continuum.  
..


Consider the illustration below.  
[[Image:TW_809.png]]


At the top (with the "objects easily guessed") are verbs that are normally designated "ambitransitive of type S=A".  
..


At the bottom (with the "objects could be anything") are verbs that are normally designated "transitive".  
If an ordinal number within a NP specified it is just the bare number inserted in the adjective slot. For example ...


.
'''bàu léu''' = the third man


[[Image:TW_20.png]]
If the ordinal number appears outside a NP its form is as follows ...


.
..


Considering the top first. One can have "I<sub>A</sub> eat apples<sub>O</sub>" or we can have  "I<sub>S</sub> eat"
{|border=1
 
  |align=center| '''?à'''
Then considering the bottom. One can have "I<sub>A</sub> hit Jane<sub>O</sub>" but you can not have "*I<sub>S</sub> hit"
  |align=center| one
 
  |align=center| ---
Moving up from the bottom. One can imagine a situation, for example when showing a horse to somebody for the first time when you would say "She<sub>S</sub> kicks". While this is possible to say this, it is hardly
  |align=center| '''da?a'''
common.
  |align=center| first
 
  |align=center| ---
As we go from the top to the bottom of the continuum;-
  |align=center| '''laja'''
  |align=center| whole
  |align=center| ---
  |align=center| '''ajan'''
  |align=center| a unit
  |align=center| ---
  |align=center| '''ajas'''
  |align=center| once
  |-
  |align=center| '''hói'''
  |align=center| two
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''dahoi'''
  |align=center| second
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''lifa'''
  |align=center| a half
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''ifan'''
  |align=center| a double
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''ifas'''
  |align=center| twice
  |-
  |align=center| '''léu'''
  |align=center| three
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''daleu'''
  |align=center| third
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''luba'''
  |align=center| a third
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''uban'''
  |align=center| a treble
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''ubas'''
  |align=center| thrice
  |-
  |align=center| '''ega'''
  |align=center| four
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''dega'''
  |align=center| fourth
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''lega'''
  |align=center| a quarter
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''egan'''
  |align=center| a quartet
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''egas'''
  |align=center| four times
  |-
  |align=center| '''oda'''
  |align=center| five
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''doda'''
  |align=center| fifth
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''loda'''
  |align=center| a fifth
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''odan'''
  |align=center| a fivesome
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''odas'''
  |align=center| five times
  |-
  |align=center| '''oila'''
  |align=center| six
  |align=center| ---
  |align=center| '''doila'''
  |align=center| sixth
  |align=center| ---
  |align=center| '''loila'''
  |align=center| a sixth
  |align=center| ---
  |align=center| '''oilan'''
  |align=center| a sextet
  |align=center| ---
  |align=center| '''oilas'''
  |align=center| six times
  |}


a) The semantic area to which the object (or potential object if you will) gets bigger and bigger.
..


b) At the bottom end the object becomes is more unpedictable and hence more pertinent.
Probably a contraction of '''dà oda''' ... "place five" ... for example ...


c) As a consequence of a) and b), the object is more likely to be human as you go down the continuum.
'''dahoi r jene''' or '''jene r dahoi''' = "second is Jane" or "in second place is Jane" or "Jane is second" or "Jane is in second place"


'''béu''' considers it good style to drop as many arguments as possible. In '''béu''' all the verbs along this continuum are considered transitive. Quite often one or both arguments are dropped, but of course are known through context. If the O argument is dropped it could be known because it was the previously declared topic (however more often the A argument is the topic tho', and hence dropped, represented by '''swe''' tho' as its case marking can not be dropped), it could be because the verb is from the top end of the continuum and the action is the important thing and the O argument or arguments just not important, or the dropped argument could be interpreted as "something" or "somebody", or it could be a definite thing that can be identified by the discouse that the clause is buried in.
..


Ambitransitive verbs
An -'''n''' can also be affixed to make it more definite (that is '''saidau''' => '''saidaun''') ...


'''fompe''' is an intransitive and a transitive verb (S and A)
'''dahoin rò jene''' or ''' jene r dahoin''' = "the second one is Jane" or "Jane is the second one"


'''jene fompori''' = Jane tripped
..


'''jonos fompori jene''' = John tripped Jane
== ... Numbers ... (the extended set)==


'''halka''' is an intransitive and a transitive verb (S and O)
..


'''pintu halkori''' = the door broke
So far we have covered the standard set (1 -> 1727). To expand this into "the extended set" we use "magnitude" words. There are seven of these.


'''jonos pintu halkori''' = John broke the door
..


A list of 6 ambitransitive (S and A) verbs
[[Image:TW_768.png]]


'''tonza''' = to awaken, to wake up
..


'''henda''' = to put on clothes
The first column gives the magnitude symbol, the second ... how the symbol is pronounced, the third ... the meaning<sup>*</sup>, and the last ... the magnifier that the symbol represents.


'''laudo''' = to wash
Two of the magnitude words have been eroded from the original aninal name, 1000<sub>12</sub> is now represented by '''''' rather than the original '''wúa''' and 1/1000<sub>12</sub>  is now represented by '''yàn''' rather than the original '''yanfa'''.
.<sup>*</sup> Yes all the magnitude words double up as animal names. But actually this never causes any problem. If you hear '''huŋgu huŋgu''' you know it means "5,159,780,352 Swans" ... there is no ambiguity.


'''poi''' = "to enter" or "to put in"
To demonstrate the use of the magnitude words, let's take a long number ... 1,206,8E3,051.58T,630,559


'''gau''' = "to rise" or "to raise"
Which is written as ...


'''sai''' = "to descend" or "to lower"
[[Image:TW_372.png]]


To recognize as a transitive clause you must look for the ergative '''-s''', if no '''-s''' then we have an intransitive clause.
and pronounced as ... '''aja huŋgu ifaula nàin aizautaiba wú odaija ʔomba odauzaipa yàn oilaubai mulu odaudaika ʔiwetu dù'''


Or alternatively you must look for the particle '''kyebwo'''
You can see that the digits are still grouped into bunches of three. Within the triplets, leading zeros can be dropped ... giving doublets or even singletons.


Tom Jerry '''halkuri''' = Tom and Jerry broke
All the magnitude words are spoken out. Notice the final ''''''. This means "exactly". You usually add this when pronouncing numbers from the extended set.


Tom Jerry '''halkuri kyebwo''' = Tom and Jerry broke one and other.
Now when numbers of the extended set are used to qualify a noun they are placed after that noun with the partitive particle '''làu''' between the number and the noun. For example ...


--------------------
3,051<sub>12</sub> elephants = '''sadu làu uba wú odaija''' ............ Note ... the singular form of '''senko''' always used when quantity is given by this method.


'''''' = result, consequence
Also if fractions or indeed any non-integer number is used, it must be applied using '''làu'''. However non-integer things are likely to be '''olus''' and we have already degreed that '''olus''' quantifiers are partitive measure phrases.


'''bò''' = case, example, instance
When you write an extended set number, you must finish the number off with a bracket. (in contrast the final bracket is never used if the number is from the standard set)


'''hí''' = source, origin
Anyway ... the above is only an example. You are unlikely to find something with so big a dynamic range within a textblock.


-------------------------
Below are examples of numbers which you would more typically find in a text block ...


Now while these words are still used as nouns, they have developed a longer form ... possibly to reduce ambiguity with the particulate usage.
[[Image:TW_374.png]]


'''''' => '''kegozo''' =  result, consequence ... ('''gozo''' = fruit)
Pronounced '''uba wú odaija dù''' and '''odaija ʔomba odauzai''' respectively.


'''''' => '''bozomba'''  =  case, example, instance ... ('''somba''' = to sit)
(a) '''uba wú odaija dù''' is an whole number.


'''''' = => '''hidito''' = source, origin ... ('''dito''' = point, dot)
'''odaija ʔomba odauzai''' is not a whole number. Notice that the 4 versions of  '''odaija ʔomba odauzai''' have been given different kinds of final brackets.


== .....  -'''am'''- as a none-productive infix==
(b) This one shows that 51.58<sub>12</sub> is an approximation to the actual value.  '''cedua odaija ʔomba odauzai'''


'''klói''' = to see
(c) This one shows that 51.58<sub>12</sub> has been rounded down. That is .. if A = "actual value", then 51.59 =< A =< 51.58. This is pronounced '''odaija ʔomba odauzai laila gòi'''


'''klamoi''' = to show
(d) This one shows that 51.58<sub>12</sub> has been rounded up. That is .... if A = "actual value", then 51.58 =< A =< 51.57. This is pronounced '''odaija ʔomba odauzai laila máu'''


'''tàu''' = to know
(e) This one shows that 51.58<sub>12</sub> has been rounded up or down to the nearest digit. That is .... if A = "actual value", then 51.585 =< A =< 51.575. This is pronounced '''odaija ʔomba odauzai laila'''


'''tamau''' = to tell
..


'''bái''' = to go, to move
'''''' and '''daula''' ( plus ? plus ? plus ?) as well as giving information about the accuracy of the number, also lets the listener know that the speaker has finished.


'''bamai''' = to drive
..


'''kàu''' = to come
== ... Numbers ... (free form + plus mathematical notation)==


'''kamau''' = to summon
..
The numbers considered above were all in what is called "block form". That is ... the form they appear as within a body of text. There is also a way to write numbers when they are not inside a text block. That would happen on a page given over to mathematical formula. In this environment the numbers are written horizontally ... from left to right. There are some slight differences between the free form version of the numbers and the block form versions. The free form version of the numbers are ...
 
[[Image:TW_361.png]]


'''fyu''' = to fly
As with the block form, they always occur in triplets. However their form doesn't vary depending on which one of the triplets the character is ... the digits are always exactly the same. There is a special egg-shape symbol for zero (actually called '''táu kyái''', where '''kyái''' means "egg"). In free form it is not permitted to drop leading zero's ... well not triplet leading zero's, word leading zero's can of course be dropped.


'''fyamu''' = to throw
Below is how the five numbers given previously appear in free form ...


'''gwoi''' = to jump (involuntarily), to give a start
[[Image:TW_363.png]]


'''gwamoi''' = to make somebody jump, to give somebody a start
And that long number mentioned in the previous section (a number from the extended set)  ...


'''doika''' = walk
[[Image:TW_373.png]]


'''damoika''' = to manage, to run ......... '''damoikanai''' = "the management" or "the managers"
It is, of course, pronounced exactly as the block form number. That is ... '''aja huŋgu ifaula nàin aizautaiba wú odaija ʔomba odauzaipa yàn oilaubai mulu odaudaika ʔiwetu dù'''


..
..


== ..... Start, Stop, Try==
Below are some more symbols used in mathematics. These would appear in a free form page (or part of a page).


In '''béu''', three secondary verbs (in English) are expressed by a copula plus a '''pilana'''. They are ...
..


to start drinking => '''láu solbelke'''
[[Image:TW_360.png]]


to stop drinking => '''láu solbelfe'''
..


to try drinking => '''sàu solbewo'''
The top 3 symbols in the leftmost column designate "operations". These modify a number and are placed immediately left of the number they modify. If a number has more than one operator they come in the order "minus sign", then  "i", then the inverse ("1/x") symbol.


And just to demonstrate that the above doesn't necessary lead to confusion ...
..


He talks about drinking => '''cator solbewo'''
And below is a few examples of equations written in this notation.


We talk about trying to drink => '''catair wo sàu solbewo'''
..
 
So in fact the '''gomia''' take 8 of the 12 '''pilana''' ... '''ji    ge      n        ho      la      lfe      lkx      wo'''


The ergative '''s''' also occurs but only in its prepositional form '''sá'''
[[Image:TW_362.png]]


..
..


== ..... two more copula==
== ..... The perfect versus "already"==


There are 2 more words that might be considered copula ...
WELL NOW I HAVE '''gwò''' AND '''?ès''' occurring in the same slot. Now they can not co-exist. So I don't have to worry about the below ...


1) '''twài''' = to be located, to be placed .... perhaps an eroded form of a participle of '''tèu''' "to place"
..


2) '''yór''' = to exist ... a third person indicative form of the verb '''yái''' "to have". The third person indicative meaning is completely bleached in this usage.
In English the perfect and "already" in many situation impart the same meaning to a clause. For example ...


== ..... must should can know how to==
1) She has gone to town ................ could have the experiential meaning.


Also often called the predicate. Called the '''jaudauza''' in '''béu'''
2) She went to town already ......... no current relevance implied


The predicate is made up of ...
3) She has already gone to town ... the addition of "already" brings us to the-here-and-now.


1) one of two particles that show likelihood which are optional.
(Note to self ... think about this a bit more ... maybe the choice of verb "go" was infelicious ... whoever witnesses that as a complete event ??)


In the béu linguistic tradition they are called '''mazebai'''. The '''mazebai''' are a subgroup of '''feŋgi''' (the particles)
In '''béu''' '''ʔès''' and the perfect marker '''gwò''' can not be used together. They are two completely different things. For example ...


2) one of five particles that show modality. These are also optional.
..


In the béu linguistic tradition they are called '''seŋgebai'''. The '''seŋgebai''' are a subgroup of '''feŋgi''' (the particles)
[[Image:TW_994.png]]


3) a '''gomua''' (a full verb)
..


=== ... '''mazebai''' ===
1) When you use  '''ʔès''' (or '''ʔàn''') you are concerned about the onset/cessation of an event ... probably in the recent past or near future.


These appear first in the predicate.
2) When you use the perfect aspect you are concerned about the state of the subject (A or S) which has resulted from some event that might be quite far in the past ... impinging on this is a stong "experential" connotation. For example ... if John has read a book on geometry, you can assume he has some knowledge of this subject. If he has been to London, you can assume he has many sounds and sights of London stored away in his memory.  


These particles show the probability of the verb occurring.
The meaning imparted by -'''gwò''' is ...


1) '''màs solbori''' = maybe he drank
a) The action is completed (some languages don't have a "perfect" but show "incompleted action" by having the "O" arguments in the partitive case). This is the base meaning of the perfect. In fact many perfect markers are derived from grammaticizing some word that means "finish".


2) '''lói solbori''' = probably he drank
b) There are "present consequences" to the action. This comes about because in most situations which are given a perfect marker THERE ARE "present consequences". Hence "present consequences" come to see associated with the perfect marker (a very simple process but behind all instances of grammaticization).


You could say that the first one indicates about 50% certainty while the second indicates around 90 % certainty
c) The subject has done the "action" once hence he has experienced the action and everything it involves.


=== ... '''seŋgebai''' ===
..


These appear next in the predicate.
-'''gwò''' is used if the action is short compared to the total time frame being considered.


These particles correspond to what is called the "modal" words in English. The five '''seŋgeba''' are ...
'''?ès''' is used if the action is long compared to the total time frame being considered. This is the same thing as saying that the action extends into NOW or into some other reference time.


1) '''sú'''  which codes for strong obligation or duty. It is equivalent to "should" in English. In English certain instances of the word "must" also carries this meaning.
..


2) '''seŋga'''  which codes for weak obligation. It is equivalent to "ought to" in English. (Note ... in certain dialects of English "ought to" is dying out, and "should" is coding weak obligation also)
== ..... IA and UA==


3) '''alfa''' which codes for ability. It is equivalent to "can" in English. As in English it means that subject has the strength or the skill to perform the action. Also as in English it codes for possibilities/situations which are not dependent on the subject. For example ... '''udua alfa solbur''' => "the camels can drink" in the context of "the caravan finally reached Farafra Oasis"
..


4) '''hempi''' which codes for permission. It is equivalent to "may" or "to be allowed to" in English. (Note ... in certain dialects of English "may" is dying out, and "can" is coding for permission also)
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''ìa'''
  |align=left| to finish, to complete
  |-
  |align=center| '''úa'''
  |align=left| to run out, to be exhausted, to be used up
  |}


5) '''hentai''' means knowledge. It is equivalent to "know how to" in English. (Note ... in English certain instances of the word "can" also carries this meaning)
..


The first one being a transitive verb and the second one an intransitive verb.


The form that these '''seŋgeba''' and the main verb take appears strange. Where as, logically, you would expect the suffixes for person, number, tense, aspect and evidential to be attached to the '''seŋgeba''' and the main verb maybe in its infinitive form, the '''seŋgeba''' do not change their form and the suffixes appear on the main verb as normal. This is one oddity that marks the '''seŋgeba''' off as a separate word class.<sup>*</sup>
Two fundamental concepts ... needed ever since humans started doing complex tasks and since humans started storing stuff for later use.


Some examples ...
These two, as well as appearing in their '''r'''-form also appear as particles which can be analized as verbs of a verb chains. Their forms are slightly irregular, but '''yə''' could be imagined as the '''i'''-form that '''ìa''' would take and '''wə''' could be imagined as the'''i'''-form that '''úa''' would take.


1)
I finished building the house =>  '''tìa yə bundari'''


a) '''sú -er''' => you should visit your brother
She finished off the cake =>  '''kekeu wə flori'''


b) '''sú -eri''' => you should have visited your brother
Notice that in the first example the object is fully formed after the action hence ''''''.
In the second example the object has fully disappeared after the action hence  '''wə'''.


c) '''sú hamperka''' animals => you should not feed the animals
In some situations, either '''''' or '''wə''' would be appropriate.


d) '''sú hamperki''' animals => you shouldn't have fed the animals
For example "I finished writing the book" ... here the "pages to be read" have disappeared, but the "read pages" are at a maximum.


Note these are the tenses allowed in a '''jaudauza súa'''
'''toili yə kludar''' = I have finished writing the book : '''toili yə kludar''' = I had finished writing the book


2)
[Note to self, should we have a sex distinction here, with males using '''yə''' and females using '''wə'''. ]


a) '''seŋga humper'''  little => you ought to eat a little
----


b) '''seŋga humperi''' little => you ought to have eaten a little
Actually ... what would actually constitite the O argument of  '''ìa''' is worth discussing.


c) '''seŋga solberka''' brandy => you ought to not drink brandy
There is always some underlying verb being referenced by  '''ìa''' even though it is not expressed.


d) '''seŋga solberki''' brandy => you ought to have not drunk that brandy
'''tìa ia.iri @''' = have you finished the house ? ... here the underlying verb is '''bunda''' "to build"


Note these are the tenses allowed in a '''jaudauza seŋgua'''
And as another example ...


3)
'''kekeu ia.iri ?ai?''' = have you finished the cake ? ... actually here we have two possible underlying verbs : '''gàu''' "to make" or '''flò''' "to eat" ...  the one which is appropriate would be known from the background knowledge of the situation.


a) '''fuà -or''' => he can swim across the river
You could analyse  '''ìa''' as


b) '''fuà-ori''' => he could swim across the river
1) Always having a complement clause as O argument (with the '''maŋɡa''' usually dropped because it is so predictable.


c) '''fuà solborka''' => he can stop drinking
2) Sometimes having a noun as O argument, and sometimes having a complement clause as O argument.


d) '''fuà solborki''' => he could stop drinking
If analysis (1) is accepted, then '''ìa''' is the only verb that doesn't ... sometimes ... take a noun as its O argument.


Note these are the tenses allowed in a '''jaudauza fùa'''
Using R.M.W. Dixon's terminology ... '''ìa''' would be the only SECONDARY VERB'''*''' in the language of '''béu'''.


4)
Actually in this case I think there is no benefit in analyzing  '''ìa'''  as (1) or (2). I know this leaves things a bit messy ... i.e. "pehaps there is only one SECONDARY VERB in '''béu'''. But one of the characteristics of natlangs is that they ARE messy. Think of '''ìa''' as my tribute to the messiness of natural languages :-)


a) '''hempi bor festa''' => "she may go to the party" or "she can go to the party" or "she is allowed to go to the party"
[ As there is no benefit in analyzing an electron as either a particle alone or a wave alone. I find it a bit baffling to hear linguists arguing at length over ... say ... what is the "head" of a prepositional phrase is. "head" is just a construct to make it easy for linguists to talk about languages ... unfortunately it is part of the human psyche to believe that if you have a name for something, then that something must exist ... but I am digressing a bit here. ]


b) '''hempi bori festa''' => she was allowed to go to the party
'''*''' This term is explained in "Complementation, a cross-linguistic typology" by Dixon and Aikhenvald.


c) '''hempi borka''' school => he is allowed to stop attending school
..


d) '''hempi bori''' school => he was allowed to stop attending school
== ... Two old participle  ==


Note these are the tenses allowed in a '''jaudauza hempua'''
..


5)
'''í''' and '''fì''' appear often in conjunction with '''manga'''


a) '''hentai bamor''' car => "she can drive a car" or "she knows how to drive a car"
These constructions act as adjectives. Along with '''là''', they differs from all other '''pilamo''' in that, with a '''manga''', they never stands alone. For example ...


b) '''hentai bamori''' car => she knew how to drive a car
'''sòr kludaun''' = He/she is about to write


c) '''hentai boikorka''' car => He has the ability not to crash the car
'''sòr kludaufi''' = He/she has just written


d) '''hentai boikorki''' car => He had the ability not to crash the car
'''sòr kludaun toili''' = He/she is about to write a book .......................... '''*sòr í kludau toili'''


Note these are the tenses allowed in a '''jaudauza hentua'''
'''sòr kludaufi toili''' = He/she has just written a book .......................... '''*sòr fì kludau toili'''


<sup>*</sup>Two other oddities also marks off the '''seŋgeba''' as a separate word class. These are ...
'''bàu timpafi glá''' = The/a man who has just hit the/a woman .......... '''*bàu fì timpa glá'''


1) When you want to question a '''jaudauza''' containing a '''seŋgeba''' you change the position of the main verb and the '''seŋgeba'''. For example ...
'''bàu timpan glá''' = The/a man just about to hit the/a woman .......... '''*bàu í timpa glá'''  


''' bor hempi festa''' => "may she go to the party" ... shades of English here.
'''toili jwoifi kludau''' = The/a book that has just been written ............ '''*toili fì jwòi kludau'''


2) All 5 '''seŋgeba''' can be negativized by deleting the final vowel and adding '''aiya'''. For example ...
'''*toili jwòin kludau''' = The/a book that is just about to be written ... '''*toili í jwòi kludau'''  


'''faiya -or''' ??? => he can't swim across the river
These can be called the present+ participle and the present- participle.


..


== ... Old perfect  ==


Note ... sometimes the negative marker on the '''seŋgeba''' can occur along with the normal negative marker on the main verb to give an emphatic positive. Sometimes it produces a quirky effect. For example ...
..


'''jenes faiya humpor cokolate''' => Jane can't eat chocolates (Jane lacks the ability to eat chocolates) ... for example she is a diabetic and can not eat anything sweet.
This slot can have the "perfect aspect marker" '''''' or it can be empty.


'''jenes fa humporka cokolate''' => Jane can '''not''' eat chocolates (Jane have the ability not to eat chocolates)... meaning she has the willpower to resist them.
..


'''jenes faiya humporka cokolate''' => Jane can not not eat chocolates (Jane lacks the ability, not to eat chocolates) ... meaning she can't resist them.
The perfect tense, logically doesn't differ that much difference from the past tense,. but it is emphasizing a state rather than an action. It represents the state at the time of speaking as the outcome of past events. We have this aspect in English and it is realized as "have -en".  


For example if you wanted to talk to John and you went to his office, his secretary might say "he has gone to lunch, this emphasizes the absence of John as opposed to "he went for lunch". The latter is just an action that happened in the past, the former is a present state brought about by a past action.


For another example ... "she read the book on geometry"


There are 5 nouns that correspond to the 5 '''seŋgeba'''
This doesn't specify whether she read it all the way thru or whether she  just read a bit of it. Whereas ...


'''anzu''' = duty
"she has read the book on geometry", implies she read the book all the way thru, but more importantly the connotation is that at the present time she has knowledge of geometry.


'''seŋgo''' = obligation
The total verb suffix system is given below.


'''alfa''' = ability
..


'''hempo''' = permission or leave
[[Image:TW_968.png]]


'''hento''' = knowledge
..


---------------------
The aortist tense can not occur with the perfect. It may appear that it does though. This is because the '''a''' of the present tense is dropped if '''jə''' is appended directly on to it. So ...
Note on English usuage (in fact all the Germanic languages) ... the way English handles negating modal words is a confusing. Consider "She can not talk". Since the modal is negated by putting "not" after it and the main verb is negated by putting "not" in front of it, this could either mean ...


a) She doesn't have the ability to talk
'''doikora''' = He is walking


or
'''doikoras''' = The say he is walking


b) She has the ability to not talk
'''doikoran''' = I guess he is walking


Note only when the meaning is a) can the proposition be contracted to "she can't talk". In fact, when the meaning is b), usually extra emphasis would be put on the "not". a) is the usual interpretation of "She can not talk" and if you wanted to express b) you would rephrase it to "She can keep silent". This rephrasing is quite often necessary in English when you have a modal and a negative main verb to express.
'''doikorjə''' = He has walked ... or to be more specific ... "from the beginning of time until now he has walked at least once"


=== ... '''wepua''' ===
'''doikorazjə''' = They say he has walked


We have already mentioned the two '''mazeba''' at the beginning of this section.
'''doikoranjə''' = I guess he has walked


Actually there is another particle that occurs in the same slot as the '''mazeba''' and it also codes for likelihood. This is '''wepua''' and it constitutes a subgroup of '''feŋgi''' (the particles) all by itself.
The perfect marker -'''''' was probably derived from '''''' "to finish/to complete" in its verb chain form. The perfect aspect occurs in roughly half of the languages of the world ... http://wals.info/chapter/68


1) '''más solbori''' = maybe he drank
..


2) '''lói solbori''' = probably he drank
== ... Old, old stuff  ==


3) '''wepua solbori''' = he must have drank


You could say that while the first one indicates about 50% certainty while the second indicates around 90 % certainty, the third shows 100% certainty.
1      '''wepua'''


3) Indicates that some "evidence" or "background information" exists to allow the speaker to assert what he is saying. It also carries the meaning "there is no other conclusion given the evidence".This obviously has some functional similarities to the '''-s''' evidential. However the '''-s''' evidential carries less than 100 % certainty ...
2      '''mazeba''' .......................... and 2 demonstratives


'''solboris''' = I guess/suppose he drunk
3      '''plova''' ......... participles ........ '''ʔinʔanandau''' or whatever words


'''wepua''' never appears in front of the first two '''seŋgebai'''. This is the difference between '''wepua''' and the '''mazebai'''.
4      '''teŋko''' ........ evidentials ........ relativizers or '''ʔasemo'''-marker


The word '''wepua''' is derived from '''pè''' meaning "to need". '''pòi''' means necessities.'''wepua''' can be thought of as meaning something like "being necessary" or "of necessity".
5      '''seŋgeba''' ..... modals  ..... and 5 specify'''ana'''


==The reciprocal construction==
6      '''ʔanandau''' ... question words


..
7      '''cenʔo''' ......... subject marked on the verb


The reciprocal particle can be said to historically come from both '''náu''' and '''mài'''.
9      '''???''' .............. personal pronouns


'''jonos jenes timpura namai''' = "John and Jane are hitting each other" = "John and Jane hit one and other"
12 pilana (noun cases),


'''namai''' the reciprocal particle (usually comes immediately after the verb) is obviously derived from the phrase '''náu mài'''
15 "specified"


Note ...  '''lè''' "and" is not used when two nouns in the ergative case occur adjacent to each other.
16 gwoma (tense/aspect verbal affixes).


..
best to have 10 ??? conjunctions ???


== .... -fa, and -inda  ==
-------------


These all form adjectives. The first might have some connection with a '''seŋgeba'''.
== ... This material goes back a long way ... to the time I was thinking of making the passive with an '''aw''' infix ==


i.e. '''solbe''' = to drink
..
 
'''moze''' = water
 
'''moze solbefa''' = drinkable water


Maybe related to '''fua''' "can".
The three types of Verb
 
'''moze solbinda''' = water worth drinking
 
There is also another suffix, but this one can be said to be unrelated to "like" '''kinda'''
 
Maybe related to '''kinda''' "to like".


..
..


== ..... Machine symbols==
Some concepts are naturally intransitive. Like "to shave". Well at least in '''béu''' it is very unusual to shave another.


Some concepts are naturally transitive. Like "to hit". It is worth remarking on when somebody hits themselves.


The "béu.symbol" is a orange disk with a sky blue background
And there are also some concepts that appear in both manifestations. For example ... "turn", "spread", "rise/raise"
(the "béu.symbol" has both a simple and a complex representation)


This imagery continues into the way that machines are marked ...
These three types of concept are represented in '''beu''' by three different types of verb.


To show that a machine is working, an orange disc is illuminated
V1) '''té''' = to come ... this is a intransitive verb
To show that a machine is switched off, a sky blue square is illuminated


The button to switch a machine on, is an orange disk with a black ring on it
(Always accompanied by a naked noun)
The button to switch a machine off, is a sky blue square with a black ring on it


( Of course the functions of indication and switching are often combined in one button )
V2) '''timpa''' = to hit ... this is a transitive verb


For rocker switches ( such as light swithes ) the top part is square and you push this
(Always accompanied by an s-marked noun and a<sup>*</sup> naked noun)
to switch off ... the bottom part is semicircular and you push this to switch on


By the way "red" is associated with danger and "green" is associated with safety
<sup>*</sup>Although sometimes the naked noun can be dropped for lack of interest. For example ...
So for example traffic lights are exactly the same ( including the orange in the middle )


By the way there are no other associations with colour ... you do not talk about a blackheart
'''jenes solbori''' = Jane drank (something)
or a yellow streak etc etc ... kids are not split up according to pink or blue clothes.


V3) '''kwèu''' = to turn


YĪN YÁNG
Now this sometimes behaves like V1 and sometimes like V2.
femininity     masculinity
the moon the sun
the earth the sky
diffuseness focused


femininity     masculinity
..


soft hard
A .. V1 Derivations
yielding solid
passive aggressive/active
fast slow


the moon
..
the sun
black white
cold hot
wet dry
water fire
nightime daytime
 
Strictly NO association between "order"/"chaos" and the concepts not highlighted.
 
Also no associations with ...


good         bad
There are 5 deriuvation processes shown below ...
truth falsehood
right wrong
north south 
beauty         uglyness
positive negative
right left


== ..... Introduction==
First from '''doika''' => '''doikaya''' This involves infixing '''ay''' before the final vowel.


The language and culture of '''béu''' are listed in the 10 chapters that follow. At the moment only the first chapter can really be considered finished ... at least as far as the language goes. Approximately the first 13 pages of every chapter concern the language and the last 6 pages or so concern the culture.
Secondly from '''doika''' => '''doikana''' and '''doikaya''' => '''doikayana'''.


The cultural sections seem to be pretty solid at the moment but the linguistic sections are still in flux. Hopefully in the not too distant future the language will become equally solid.
This involves deleting the final vowel and adding '''ana'''.


In this introduction, I first discuss the language. Then I discuss some of the foundations of the culture of '''béu'''. Finally I mention some of the more esoteric bits of the culture.
Thirdly from '''doika''' => '''doikala''' and '''doikaya''' => '''doikayala'''.


..
This involves deleting the second part of the final vowel if it is a diphthong, and then adding '''la'''.


A history of the Language ...
Fourthly from '''doikaya''' => '''doikaiwai'''.


The very first language that I tried to construct was called HARWENG. This was eventually given up about 14 years ago. The basic problem was that I didn't know enough about linguistics. "if you want to get high, you first must build a strong foundation"  When I tried to build on the foundations that I had established, I found too many things just didn't harmonise : it seemed like an impossible task to cut though the tangles, so I put that project reluctantly aside.
This involves deleting the final vowel and '''y''' and adding '''iwai'''.


My second project was called SEUNA. The reason that I put this one aside was that I wasn't too happy with the SEUNA script. However my third language ... BEU (from now on referred to as '''béu''' ... by the way, the diacritic above the "e" indicated a high tone) seems like it will carry on to fruition.
Fifthly from '''doikaya''' => '''doikaiwau'''.


What interests me most in linguistics is that fascinating area where logic, grammar and semantics intersect. I  appreciate the elegant patterns that are found in natural languages.  However most natural languages have elements which I don't like. Such as the tendency of natural languages to appropriate existing grammatical particles when evolving a new structure. Probably the forces that drive natural language change are fundamentally unable to form a language sufficiently "efficient" and "elegant" for me ... evolution by "decree" rather than natural forces just seems so much more easy.
This involves deleting the final vowel and '''y''' and adding '''iwau'''.
 
Also I have always been a perfectionist ... keenly aware of all the imperfections that everyday life entails. I have always had the feeling that in order to build perfection you must start at the very bottom ... and I also have had the feeling that language is the most basic thing<sup>*</sup> that makes us human. Hence the first step to making a better world is to develop a logical, elegant and beautiful language.
 
All of the above motivated me to construct a new language.
 
The best constructed language which I have so far come across was CEQLI. However it was not much more than a sketch. Also the two languages created by Dirk Elzinga ... TEPA and SHEMSPREG were also very neat. However again they were not fully thought out ... not complete languages. I intend that '''béu''' will be a fully formed language.


..
..


[[Image:TW_269.png]]
{| border=1
 
  |align=center|  '''doskania'''
The "bubble fountain" above is how I see the world 4,000 languages (OK I haven't drawn 4,000 bubbles ... pretend) of the world. The vertical axis is complexity. The black line at the bottom represents zero ... the way that a group of people would communicate initially if they all spoke totally different languages and were forced to associate together by some twist of fate. There would be zero grammaticisation ... it would be a very inefficient means of communication and I would presume quite frustrating to try and converse in. The horizontal axis represents how far the different languages diverge from each other (this "divergence" should be multi-dimensional because of course languages diverge from each other in many many different ways ... but I am afraid we must make do with one dimension on my little chart).
  |align=center| <============
 
  |align=center| '''doskan'''
You will notice that the simple languages at the bottom of the chart differ less from each other less than the more complex languages at the top. These simple languages tend to have one concept to one word ... they are analytic. Now a simple language is just as fit-for-purpose as a complicated language. And I certainly didn't want complexity for complexity's sake : I just wanted a language that was easy to learn and that would appear to be "natural". Hence the structure of '''béu''' is not a million miles away from the structure of English ... or Mandarin. In its final form '''béu''' seems like a natural language : the grammar and the "patterns" in the language wouldn't be considered out of place in a natural language.
  |align=center| ============>
 
  |align=center| '''doskanua'''
In its long history (HARWENG => SEUNA => '''béu''') it has changed many many times. It has gone thru' many iterations<sup>**</sup>. I would change one part of the grammar and then find that this change didn't fit with something else. So I would change it back, or modify the "something else", or maybe try out a completely new paradigm. This happened many many times. I suppose the changes that happened in in the development of '''béu''' are similar to the diachronic changes that happen to natural languages, and hence '''béu''' ended up looking quite naturalistic.
  |-
  |align=center| "which has been melted" (A)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "to melt" (transitive)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "which must be melted" (A)
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center| ^
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center| |
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center| |
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| '''doska'''
  |align=center| <============
  |align=center| '''doska'''
  |align=center| ============>
  |align=center| '''doskal'''
  |-
  |align=center| "which melts"
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "to melt" (intransitive)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "melting" (A)
  |}


<sup>*</sup> I believe that language co-evolved with the increase in the human cranial capacity ... so language has been with us for well over a million years. 
..


<sup>**</sup> A good analogy to this how a protein takes its shape.   This is a long linear chain molecule that folds up on itself to takes on a very definite and complicated shape. The final shape is determined by a series of movements that are initiated by the attractive and repulsive forces that the various links in the chain have for each other. In a similar way the final shape of '''béu''' was determined by the way that different grammatical patterns and phonological patterns either clashed with each other, or matched with each other through a number of successive iteration.  
.. V2 Derivations


..
..


Addendum ...  When talking about grammar I follow the lead given  by R.M.W. Dixon in "Basic Linguistic Theory". I would thoroughly recommend this book. As well as giving a broad topological perspective of the World's languages, it puts the convoluted terminology that has grown up in the field of linguistics over the years, firmly in its place.
There are 5 deriuvation processes shown below ...
 
First from '''kludau''' => '''kludawau''' This involves infixing '''aw''' before the final vowel.
 
Secondly from '''kludau''' => '''kludana''' and '''kludawau''' => '''kludawana'''.
 
This involves deleting the final vowel and adding '''ana'''.
 
Thirdly from '''kludau''' => '''kludala''' and '''kludawau''' => '''kludawala'''.
 
This involves deleting the second part of the final vowel if it is a diphthong, and then adding '''la'''.
 
Fourthly from '''kludau''' => '''kludwai'''.
 
This involves deleting the final vowel and adding '''wai'''.
 
Fifthly from '''kludau''' => '''kludwau'''.
 
This involves deleting the final vowel and adding '''wau'''.
 
..
 
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''kludawana'''
  |align=center| <============
  |align=center| '''kludawau'''
  |align=center| ============>
  |align=center| '''kludawala'''
  |-
  |align=center| "computer memory" (N)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "to be written" (V2)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "being written" (A)
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center| ^
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center| |
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center| |
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center| '''kludana'''
  |align=center| <============
  |align=center| '''kludau'''
  |align=center| ============>
  |align=center| '''kludala'''
  |-
  |align=center| "writer" (N)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "to write" (V1)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "writing" (A)
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''kludwai'''
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''kludwau'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "written" (A/N)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "which must be written" (A/N)
  |align=center|
  |}
 
..
 
'''kludwai''' is the passive past participle, and '''kludwau''' is the passive future participle.
 
..
 
Note that we have 8 word forms in total.
 
..
 
C .. V3 Derivations
 
..
 
{|border=1
  |align=center| '''haikana'''
  |align=center| <============
  |align=center| '''haika'''
  |align=center| ============>
  |align=center| '''haikala'''
  |-
  |align=center| "breaker" (N)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "to break" (V3a)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "breaking" (A)
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''haikwai'''
  |align=center|
  |align=center| '''haikwau'''
  |align=center|
  |-
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "broken" (A/N)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "that which must be broken" (A/N)
  |align=center|
  |}
 
..
 
Note ... '''haikwai''' could very well have broken by itself. There is no connotation that an outside agent was responsible. The same with '''haikwau'''.
 
..
 
{|border=1
  |align=center| '''heukana'''
  |align=center| <============
  |align=center| '''heuka'''
  |align=center| ============>
  |align=center| '''heukala'''
  |-
  |align=center| "breaker" (N)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "to break" (V3b)
  |align=center|
  |align=center| "breaking" (A)
  |}
 
..
 
There are 4 derivational processes involved with V3a and 2 derivational processes involved with V3b. They have been already been explained in the sections on V1 and V2.
 
Note that we have 8 word forms in total.
 
'''kó''' = to see
 
'''kowa''' = to be seen
 
The subject of the active clause, can be included in the passive clause as an afterthought if required. '''hí''' is a normal noun meaning "source". However it also acts as a particle (prefix) which introduces the agent in a passive clause.
 
 
'''poʔau''' = to cook
 
 
..
 
When the final consonant is '''w y h''' or '''ʔ''' the passive is formed by suffixing '''-wa'''
 
In monosyllabic words, it is  formed by suffixing '''-wa'''.
 
Note ... when '''wa''' is added to a word ending in '''au''' or '''eu''', the final '''u''' is deleted.
 
Also note ... these operations can make consonant clusters which are not allowed in the base words. For example, in a root word '''-mpw-''' would not be allowed ( Chapter 1, Consonant clusters, Word medial)
 
..
 
... Valency ... 1 => 2
 
..
 
Now all verbs that can take an ergative argument can undergo the 2=>1 transformation.
 
There also exists in '''béu''' a 1=>2 transformation. However this transformation can only be applied to a handful of verbs. Namely ...
 
 
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''ʔoime'''
  |align=center| to be happy, happyness
  |align=center| '''ʔoimora'''
  |align=center| he is happy
  |align=center| '''ʔoimye'''
  |align=center| to make happy
  |align=center| '''ʔoimyana'''
  |align=center| pleasant
  |-
  |align=center| '''heuno'''
  |align=center| to be sad/sadness
  |align=center| '''heunora'''
  |align=center| she's sad
  |align=center| '''heunyo'''
  |align=center| to make sad
  |align=center| '''heunyana'''
  |align=center| depressing
  |-
  |align=center| '''taudu'''
  |align=center| to be annoyed
  |align=center| '''taudora'''
  |align=center| he is annoyed
  |align=center| '''tauju'''
  |align=center| to annoy
  |align=center| '''taujana'''
  |align=center| annoying
  |-
  |align=center| '''swú'''
  |align=center| to be scared, fear
  |align=center| '''swora'''
  |align=center| she is afraid
  |align=center| '''swuya'''
  |align=center| to scare
  |align=center| '''swuyana'''
  |align=center| frightening, scary
  |-
  |align=center| '''canti'''
  |align=center| to be angry, anger
  |align=center| '''cantora'''
  |align=center| he is angry
  |align=center| '''canci'''
  |align=center| to make angry
  |align=center| '''cancana'''
  |align=center| really annoying
  |-
  |align=center| '''yodi'''
  |align=center| to be horny, lust
  |align=center| '''yodora'''
  |align=center| she is horny
  |align=center| '''yoji'''
  |align=center| to make horny
  |align=center| '''yojana'''
  |align=center| sexy, hot
  |-
  |align=center| '''gái'''
  |align=center| to ache, pain
  |align=center| '''gayora'''
  |align=center| he hurts
  |align=center| '''gaya'''
  |align=center| to hurt (something)
  |align=center| '''gayana'''
  |align=center| painful <sup>*</sup>
  |-
  |align=center| '''gwibe'''
  |align=center| to be ashamed/shame/shyness
  |align=center| '''gwibora'''
  |align=center| she is ashamed/shy
  |align=center| '''gwibye'''
  |align=center| to embarrass
  |align=center| '''gwibyana'''
  |align=center| embarrassing
  |-
  |align=center| '''doimoi'''
  |align=center| to be anxious, anxiety
  |align=center| '''doimora'''
  |align=center| he is anxious
  |align=center| '''doimyoi'''
  |align=center| to cause anxiety, to make anxious
  |align=center| '''doimyana'''
  |align=center| worrying
  |-
  |align=center| '''ʔica'''
  |align=center| to be jealous, jealousy
  |align=center| '''ʔicora'''
  |align=center| she is jealous
  |align=center| '''ʔicaya'''
  |align=center| to make jealous
  |align=center| '''ʔicayana'''
  |align=center| causing jealousy
  |}
 
 
'''ʔoimor''' would mean "he is happy by nature". All the above words take this sense when the "'''a'''" of the present tense is dropped.
 
The above words are all about internal feelings.
 
The third column gives a transitive infinitive (derived from the column two entry by infixing a '''-y-''' before the final vowel).
 
The fourth column gives an adjective of the transitive verb (derived from column three entry by affixing a '''-ana''' ... the active participle).
 
When the final consonant is '''ʔ  j  c  w''' or '''h''' the causative is formed by suffixing '''-ya'''.
 
Also when the verb is a monosyllable, the causative is formed by suffixing '''-ya'''.
 
Note ... when '''ya''' is added to a word ending in '''ai''' or '''oi''', the final '''i''' is deleted.
 
Note ... when '''y''' is infixed behind '''t''' and '''d''' : '''ty''' => '''c''' and '''dy''' => '''j'''
 
..
 
Normally in '''béu''', to make a nominally intransitive verb transitive, it doesn't need the infixing of -'''y'''. All it needs is the appearance of an ergative argument. For example ...
'''doika''' = to walk
 
'''doikor''' = he walks
 
'''doikanor''' the pulp mill = he runs the pulp mill
'''doikandoi''' = management
..
 
<sup>*</sup>You would describe a gallstone as '''gayana'''. However you would describe your leg as '''gaila''' (well provided you didn't have a chronic condition with your leg)
 
..
 
................... To be looked into
 
 
The words '''kyò'''  "show" and '''fyá''' "tell"  follow the same pattern as 1) and 2) ... at least when the object is a noun and not a complement clause.
 
-----
 
'''helga''' = life, '''helgai''' = alive, '''helgais''' = finite verb (i.e. the one that is alive), '''helkas''' = a clause ('''helkas''' <= '''helgaiskas''' ), '''swefan''' = a sentence
 
----
 
In '''béu''' we have live clauses and dead clause.
 
The head of a live clause is a verb in its declarative form.
 
The head of a dead clause is a verb in its declarative form.
 
A live clause has its main elements in any order, the S term is marked as the ergative. The A and O terms are unmarked.
 
A dead clause has word order VS or VAO, the O term being marked as the dative. The A and S terms are unmarked.
 
 
 
If the subjects (that is S or A) of two clauses are different then they can be conjoined timewise by using one of the above stand-alone particles. For example ...
 
1) '''jenes bwori jono ʔéu jonos fori tìa tí''' = Jane saw John as he was leaving his house.
 
Also ... as in English we can have the two clauses in the other order ...
 
2) '''ʔéu jonos fori tìa tí_jenes bwori ò''' = As John was leaving his house, Jane saw him
 
Notice that in this sentence, the second '''jono''' has been replaced by the pronoun '''ò''' ... in actual fact ... in 1) the chances are that '''jonos''' would be replaced by '''ós''' ... but this makes the sentence ambiguous.
 
John whistled as he left his house = '''jono wizori ʔéu ò fori tìa tí ''' = '''*jono wizori ʔéu féu í tìa tí'''
 
---
 
Now if the subjects of two clauses are the same, one of the clauses can becomes a dead clause. Only a very short and simple clause can become a dead clause ... both ...
 
 
A) Any time,place or manner adjuncts will stop a clause collapsing to a dead clause.
 
B) An O argument that is longer than a single word.
 
 
When the above requirements are met ....
 
A) S or A is dropped completely.
 
B) The linker word is appended to the infinitive.
 
C) if there is an O it immediately follows the infinitive and has the dative marker -'''n''' affixed.
 
..
 
1) S  while  S    ................... '''jono wizori ʔéu ò huzori''' ... (pronoun used in second clause) =>  '''jono wizori huzuaspi''' = John whistled while smoking
 
2) A/O  while  A/O  .....  '''jonos timpori jene ʔéu ós huzori ʃiga''' ... (pronoun used in second clause) =>  '''jonos timpori jene pi huzuas ʃigan''' ... (must drop A, the linker must be appended to the infinitive. O must be a single word)
 
3) A  O    while    S    ..........    '''jonos timpori jene ʔéu ò huzori''' ... (pronoun used in second clause)
 
=>  '''jonos timpori jene huzuaʔeu ''' ... (must drop S, the linker must be appended to the infinitive)
 
4) S        while      A  O ........... '''jono huzori ʔéu ós timpori jene''' ....  (pronoun used in second clause)
 
=> '''jono huzori timpaʔeu jenen''' .... (must drop A, the linker must be appended to the infinitive. O must be a single word)
 
John left his house whistling = '''Jonos fori tìa tí  ʔéu wiʒia'''
 
'''wiʒia''' = to whistle
 
'''koʔia''' = to cough
 
'''huzua''' = to smoke
 
----
 
TO THINK ABOUT
 
---------------
 
Now we have said before that '''béu''' has free word order, however this really only applies to the verb in '''r'''-form (R) and the S argument in an intransitive clause, and the R, A and O in a transitive clause. When you have a verb in '''gomia'''-form (G), in the subjunctive form (Sub) or in the imperative form (Imp), you must have these elements in the following order ;-
 
S G : S  Sub  ... the last of these (S -S ) is quite unusual.  Maybe can have S  I  ... but then S must be in vocative case
 
A  G  O : A  Sub  O : Imp  O ... expand this and make it look good.  Maybe can have A  I  O  ... but then A must be in vocative case
 
-----
 
In the '''béu''' linguistic tradition, a clause that has one R verb in it, or one N verb, or one I verb is called '''aʒiŋko baga''' or a simple clause. Any clause that has an R verb plus an  G or N,  verb is called a '''aʒiŋko kaza''' or a complex clause.
 
To think about ..........
 
Further uses of the '''s'''-form of the verb. That is the subjunctive.
 
Also used in dependent clauses with the meaning ...
 
that xxx should yyy.
 
Used after "want/hope/believe ?" if the subject is different. If subject is the same then the verb is in the '''gomia''' form.
 
-------------------
 
hear, see, think, like, remember, know, believe | use '''tà + full verb''' with FACT complements.
 
hear, see, like, remember | use '''gomia''' with ACTION complements (English would use "-ing")
 
Sometimes when English would use the "to" construction, '''béu''' would use the -'''u''' participle | remember
 
Some rubbish ........
 
'''gwói''' = to jump (involuntarily), to give a start
 
'''gwóin''' = to make somebody jump, to give somebody a start
 
'''doika''' = walk
 
'''doikan''' = to manage, to run ......... '''doikandoii''' = "the management" or "the managers"
 
'''poma''' = leg
 
'''poman''' = to kick, '''pomanari''' = I kicked
 
'''pomaswan''' = liable to kick, fond of kicking
 
'''pomonda''' = good to kick
 
'''klonda''' = worth seeing
 
To fix up this bit.....Of course we can make two clauses, and have the second clause one element inside the first clause. To do that you must use the particle '''tà'''. Equivalent to one of the uses of "that" in English. '''tà''' basically tells you that the following clause should be treated like a single element, like a single noun.
 
I should mention '''sá tà ...'''
 
---------------------------------------
 
'''solbe''' = to drink
 
'''heŋgo''' = to live (or it could mean "a life")
 
'''soŋkau''' = to die (or it could mean "death")
 
'''glabu''' = person
 
'''moze''' = water
 
'''moʒi''' = steam
 
'''heŋgola''' = alive, living
 
'''soŋki''' = dead
 
..
 
=== ... Two quotative verbs===
 
..
 
'''béu''' has two quotative verbs ... '''swé''' and '''aika'''.  What I mean by the term "quotative verb"is a verb which must'''*''' be accompanied by a <u>s</u>tring <u>o</u>f <u>d</u>irect <u>s</u>peach ["sods" from now on]
 
'''swé''' = "say" and '''aika''' = ask .... ( that is to ask for information, to request something (to ask for) has a completely different root ... namely '''tama''' )
 
I guess it is intransitive because the speaker never takes the ergative ending "'''s'''". The spoken to (if mentioned) takes the dative ending "'''n'''".
 
[Some people would like to argue as to whether "sods" = an object or whether "sods" = a complement clause. I think this is not worth arguing about. It is similar to arguing about how many angels can stand on the end of a needle. ]
 
There is an ordering restrictions for a clause formed around a quotative verb ... the "sods" must appear adjacent to '''swé''' or '''aika'''. It doesn't matter which comes first but they must be adjacent ... normally both elements are pronounced in the same intonation contour. A second restriction is that there must be a pause at the other end of the "sods" ... the opposite end from the quotative verb. For example ...
 
John said "Ai ... go away" => '''jono swori aiʔdo ... ojo''' where  '''aiʔdo''' is an interjection expressing frustration and '''ojo''' is quite a rough way to say "go away".
 
This can also be expressed as '''aiʔdo ... ojo swori jono'''  or '''jono ... aiʔdo ... ojo swori''' or even '''swori aiʔdo ... ojo ... jono'''. The first two patterns are the most common followed by the third pattern and the fourth a distant last. Notice that the "sods" that I chose for demonstration purposes entails an internal pause.
 
If we introduced a dative element ...
 
John said to Jane "Ai ... go away" => '''jono jenen swori aiʔdo ... ojo'''
 
The above would be the most common ordering of constituents ... but again quite a bit of freedom with respect to word ordering.
 
The "sods" can be quite lengthy ... 2 or 3 or 4 clauses and follows as near as possible the speach pattern of the original speaker.
 
The '''béu''' orthography is a bit quirky when it comes to quotative verbs. In CH 1.8 we briefly mentioned the '''deupa'''. These are actually used to bracket any "sods". Also it is common to drop the actual quotative verb. (well after the time setting of the speach act(s) are revealed anyway). For example ...
 
[[Image:TW_746.png]]
 
The first one is graphically '''jono''' [ '''aiʔdo ... ojo''' ] ... (for an explanation of the graffic form of the interjection  '''aiʔdo''', look back to CH 1.2)
 
The second one is graphically '''jono''' [ '''bàu nái''' ]
 
These would be read as '''jono swori aiʔdo ... ojo''' and '''jono aikori bàu nái''' (John asked "which man")
 
But how do we know that '''swé''' should be associated with one and '''aika''' to the other ? Simple ... if you have a question word within the '''deupa''' then you know you should pronounce '''aika''' ... if not you pronounce '''swé'''. We have encountered these question words already in CH 2.10. There are ten of them but the first two have two forms. Here they are again ...
 
..
 
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''nén nós'''
  |align=center| what
  |-
  |align=center| '''mín mís'''
  |align=center| who
  |-
  |align=center|  '''láu'''
  |align=center| "how much/many"
  |-
  |align=center| '''kái'''
  |align=center| "what kind of"
  |-
  |align=center| '''dá'''
  |align=center| where
  |-
  |align=center| '''kyú'''
  |align=center| when
  |-
  |align=center| '''sái'''
  |align=center| why
  |-
  |align=center|  '''nái'''
  |align=center| which
  |-
  |align=center|  '''ʔai?'''
  |align=center| "solicits a yes/no response"
  |-
  |align=center|  '''ʔala'''
  |align=center| which of two
  |}
 
..
 
The only time that you hear these ten words and you are NOT being asked a question is when these words are in the same intonation contour as the verb "aika" in one of its forms.
 
The only time that you see these ten words and you are NOT being asked a question is when these words are sandwiched between two '''deumai'''.
 
This is quite a bit different from English where question words have been appropriated to function as relativizers, complementizers and what have you (heads of free relative clauses).
 
In the above ... when pronouncing words ... '''swé''' or '''aika''' is inserted where the first bracket appears. It could equally well be that '''swé''' or '''aika''' is inserted where the second bracket appears. It is deemed to not really matter that much. However in carefull writting the proper position of the quotative verb can be indicated. For example ...
 
[[Image:TW_747.png]]
 
In the above a pause (gap) is visible just above the top '''deupa'''. From that it is logical to deduce that '''swé''' or '''aika''' should be inserted after the "sods". (from the word order and intonation rules given earlier). But most of the time ... when reading out loud ... people do not take much heed to whether the quotative verb is placed over the '''deupa damau''' or the '''deupa dagoi'''.
 
In a textblock, which you have a lot of dialogue it is common to colour code the "sods" with respect to the speaker. For example ...
 
 
[[Image:TW_278.png]] Shown in better detail  => [[Image:TW_750.png]]
 
 
When this happens the '''deupa''' has no gold filling. It could be possible to drop the speakers name also once the colour coding scheme is established. This really depends upon how much dialogue is involved. Maybe each speaker would be mentioned again at the start of every textblock ... just to keep the protagonist <=> colour mapping alive in the readers mind.
 
..
 
'''*''' In the very first sentence of this section I said that "quotative verb"is a verb which must be accompanied by a "sods" ... not quite true. The determiners '''dí''' and '''dè''' can take the place of a "sods". In these constructions '''dí''' refers to a "sods" that will be revealed imminently ... '''dè''' refers to a "sods" that was spoken in the past.
 
If Jane pronounces an opinion about something ... if John had pronounced roughly similar in the past ... it would be fitting to say '''jono swori dè'''.
 
If you are about to replay some utterance by John on a voice file, it would be appropriate to say '''jono swori dí''' just before playing the voice file.
 
..
 
IMPORTANT ... The only time you hear direct speech is when '''swé''' or '''aika''' is present in one of its forms.
 
..
 
=== ... '''jía''' expressing the conditional===
 
..
 
'''jía''' has three functions.
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_904.png]]  
 
Also it has two shorthand forms ... the only word in the language to be so honoured. The leftmost word is never used. The => character used for the second function. The remaining character used for functions 1 and 3.
 
..
 
1) In most languages you can drop certain components if they are obvious from context. And when you do the remaining utterance stays unchanged. However '''béu''' does not work like that'''*'''. We saw in the previous section that the particles used to show cause/reason are different, depending upon whether they are followed by a simple noun or by a clause. The same happens when we are making a statement by way of comparison. For example ...
 
..
 
Thomas thinks as fast as John  => '''tomo wòr saco làu jono'''
 
Now obviously "John thinks" is underlying here. However if you want to make  "John thinks" overt you must change '''làu''' to '''jía''' ...
 
Thomas thinks as fast as John thinks => '''tomo wòr saco jía jono wòr'''
 
Notice that English patterns the same way for both the above examples.
 
..
 
2) In English we have the verb "to equal" ... it bit of a strange verb. Almost exclusively found in a mathematical setting. (The adjective "equal" has the same form as the verb "to equal" .. but anyway ... )
 
The '''béu''' particle '''jía''' is used in most situations where we find the English verb "to equal". In a setting such as 2+3=5 ... well there are no need for tense or aspect ... we are talking about a timeless truth. Also no need for person affixes ... the elements (arguments) involved are always stated the the left and the right of '''jía'''. Also no need for evidential markers ... the world of '''béu''' considers evidentials as appropriate for the human world ... but the world of mathematics is so far beyond the human world ... to have evidentials on a mathematical expression would be to drag the matheverse down into the dirt. Hence '''jía''' is an invarient particle. By the way '''jiagan''' = "equation".
 
..
 
3) The third function of '''jía''' is for considering contingencies. In English "if" is essential for considering contingencies. However "if" does not equate to '''jía'''. Let me explain ...
 
In English ... "if you go, they will kill you" ... two clauses ... the first introduced by "if" .... "if (A), (B)".
 
Sometimes "then" can introduce the second clause [ "if (A), then (B)"] but this is not considered essential in English. However some natlangs require a particle in front of the second clause. In Chinese the particle 就 jiù is needed.
 
'''béu''' requires '''gò''' in front of the first clause and '''jía''' in front of the second clause. For example ...
 
..
 
'''gò jiru jía gì dainuru''' => "if you go, they will kill you"
 
..
 
{|
|-
! gò || j-i-r-u  || jía || gì || dain-u-r-u
|-
| that  || go-{{small|2SG-IND-FUT}}  || "equative particle" || you ||  kill-{{small|3PL-IND-FUT}}
|}
 
..
 
As well as Mandarin, French has a mechanism which is not a million miles away from the '''béu''' arrangement.
 
In classical and educated French, the complementizer "que" could function as a marker of protasis if the verb of the clause is in the subjunctive mood. The apodosis would be in the future tense, preceded by "et" (and) :
 
"Que je périsse, et elle périra" (périsse = subjunctive) =  "if I perish, she will too"
 
"Si je péris, elle périra" (péris =  indicative)      =  "if I perish, she will too"
 
..
 
'''*''' Now why have I set things up like this ... well in '''béu''' it is quite easy to define a clause. A clause is a chunk that contains one active verb (active verb = a verb having an "r" ). I guess I have set things up like this, so as  to firmly draw a line between one clause constructions and two clause construction.
 
[ Note to self : why DO you want it like this ?]
 
..
 
=== ... Here lies LIGA and TEKA===
 
..
 
'''liga''' makes verbs which in themselves are quite compact more spread out. Possibly related to the verb '''ligai''' which means "to stay" or "to lie".
 
..
 
{|border=1
  |align=left| '''koʕia'''
  |align=center| to cough
  |align=center| '''liga koʕia'''
  |align=center| "to be coughing", "to have a coughing fit"
  |-
  |align=left| '''timpa'''
  |align=center| to hit
  |align=center| '''liga timpa'''
  |align=center| "to be hitting" or "to assault"
  |}
 
..
 
'''liga''' is never used with verbs that typically have an inherent long time duration. For example ...
 
'''*liga glarua beuba kewe''' would be translated as "I intend to be knowing the language of '''béu''' well" ... (not good in English either ... maybe OK in Indian English ?).
 
Simply '''glarua beuba kewe''' = "I intend to know the language of '''béu''' well" ... is more felicitous in both languages.
 
..
 
If translating from a language with a "perfective"/"imperfective" dichotomy, perhaps using '''liga''' for translation of the "imperfective" would work. However it should be dome sparingly. If every instance of "imperfective" was rendered with '''liga''' you would end up with a very very bad translation (the style would be judged attrocious by any '''béu''' speaker).
Now in the very best register of '''béu''' this particle is used for a certain ''poetic'' effect, it is used sparingly and is not necessary for understanding what is being said. However people that are L1 speakers of a language having a perfective/imperfective tend to over-use '''liga'''. This is not really a problem, it just shows that they are not L1 '''béu''' speakers. Conversely people that are L1 speakers of language that lacks this distinction tend to not use '''liga''' enough. Again ... no real problem.
 
In certain situations '''liga''' can be translated as "keep". For example ...
 
'''liga doiku''' = keep walking
 
..
 
'''teka''' is the opposite of '''liga'''. It means "momentarily". Possibly related to the verb '''telka''' which means "to slip a little bit".
 
While in theory it can be used with almost any verb, it tends to be used disproportionately with a dozen or so verbs. For example ...
 
..
 
{| border=1
  |align=left| '''bwí'''
  |align=center| to see
  |align=center| '''liga bwí'''
  |align=center| to watch over
  |align=center| '''teka bwí'''
  |align=center| to catch a glimpse
  |-
  |align=left| '''wòi'''
  |align=center| to think   
  |align=center| '''liga wòi'''
  |align=center| to ponder
  |align=center| '''teka wòi'''
  |align=center| to think for a moment
  |-
  |align=left| '''ʕái'''
  |align=center| to want
  |align=center| '''liga ʕái'''
  |align=center| to yearn for
  |align=center| '''teka ʕái'''
  |align=center| to have an momentary urge
  |}
 
..
 
So there is assymetry between the usages of '''liga''' and '''teka''' ... '''liga''' used with many verbs albiet verbs of short duration ... '''teka''', while in theory can be used with many verbs, in practice the verbs usually used with it are quite restricted.
 
..
 
== ... Kyù and jé discarded==
 
..
 
In the previous sections we have seen how to give time information. However there is another way to give the time ... with respect to an evert or action.
 
We will cover seven particles in this section which allow us to give time information with respect to an event ... '''jé kyù koca beda kogan began''' and '''jindu'''.
 
..
 
'''jé''' = '''kyù*''' = "while" or "when"
 
'''koca''' = before
 
'''beda''' = after
 
'''kogan''' = until
 
'''began''' = since
 
'''jindu''' = as soon as
 
 
In a similar manner to English, they can either introduce a clause, a noun (that designates a time) or an infinitive phrase (by the way ... I strongly object to the term "infinitive clause")
 
 
“After I ate breakfast”
 
“After the gold rush”
 
“After the eating of my breakfast”
 
 
The above are all time adverb phrases. A time adverb phrase is a dependent clause'''**''' (called an under clause in '''béu''') ... shown in red below. The main clause is shown in yellow.
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_851.png]]
 
Tha arrow is the arrow of time'''***'''  ... with the past to the left (''ko''mo), and the future to the right (''be''ne).
 
I have given events wavey borders to represent "not so well defined". So, for example, on the top diagram ... the main clause action could start before the under clause action ... it could also outlast the under clause action ... the important thing is that for a substantial amount of time, the two actions were going on at the same time.
 
In the bottom four examples I have made the under clause actions very short. This is for illustration purposes only. The under clause actions can actually have any length ... depend on the verb/situation.
 
Now these five examples show how two clauses can be joined in a timewise fashion. The '''béu''' rules are quite similar to English. That is ...
 
A) the under clause must be introduced with one of these 6 particles.
 
B) we can have main clause and then the under clause ... or the other way around.
 
Here are examples to illustrate the 5 examples above ...
 
..
 
1) '''kyù'''/'''jé''' = while, as, when, during  ........ ( note to self : jé is definite : kyù not so ... = if ?? )
 
'''pás pintu saikaru kyù gís pazba saikiru''' = "I will paint the door, while you paint the table"
 
'''kyù gís pazba saikiru_pás pintu saikaru''' = "while you paint the table, I will paint the door"
 
'''kyù saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "while painting the table, you smoked"
 
..
 
2) '''koca''' = before
 
'''pazba saikaru koca pintu (saikaru)''' = "I will paint the table before (I will paint) the door" 
 
'''koca pintu saikaru_pazba saikaru''' = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"
 
'''koca saiko pintu_pás pazba saikaru''' = "before painting the door, I will paint the table"
 
..
 
3) '''beda''' = after
 
'''pintu saikaru beda pazba (saikaru)''' = "I will paint the door after (I will paint) the table" 
 
'''beda pazba saikaru_pintu saikaru''' = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"
 
'''beda saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru''' = "after painting the table, I will paint the door"
 
..
 
If you wanted to emphasize that the first action will continue until the second action you would use ...
 
4) '''kogan''' = until
 
'''gís huʒiri kogan dare saiko pazba''' = "you smoked until I started to paint the table"
 
'''kogan dare saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "until I started to paint the table, you smoked"
 
'''kogan día saiko pazba_gís huʒiri''' = "until starting to paint the table, you smoked"
 
..
 
If you wanted to emphasize that the first action has been continuing all the time since the second action you would use ...
 
5) '''began''' = since
 
'''gís ʔès huʒira figo care saiko pazba''' = "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"
 
{|
|-
! gí-s || ʔès || huʒ-i-r-a || began || c-a-r-e ||  saiko || pazba
|-
| you-{{small|ERG}} ||  already || smoke-{{small|2S-IND-PRES}} ||  since || stop-{{small|1S-IND-PAST}}||  painting ||  table
|} ==> "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"
 
'''began care saiko pazba_gís huʒira ''' = "since I stopped painting the table you have smoked"
 
'''began cùa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira''' = "since stopping painting the table, you have smoked" ... [By the way ...  '''began ìa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira''' = "since finishing painting the table, you have smoked" ]
 
..
 
There is one added complication in the above scheme ... if the intersect time of the two actions is in the future, then '''jindu''' (<'''jín''' "a moment" + '''dù''' "exact") can be used instead of '''began'''.
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_852.png]]
 
..
 
'''*''' In most situations  '''jé''' and '''kyù''' can be used interchangeably. However only '''kyù''' can take the adverbial marker ('''kyùas''' = meanwhile) and only '''jé''' can be used to introduce the time of day number.
 
 
'''**''' I guess I should say what is the difference between a main clause and an under clause. (I should read about what other linguists say about this some day). Take the sentences ...
 
(1) I will finish this drink before I go home.  .........      (2) I will go home after I finish this drink.
 
In terms of pure logic these both mean exactly the same. Also the choice of whether a verb is in the main or the under clause says nothing about the speakers attidude towards that verb ... i.e. relish, disgust, foreboding, sadness etc. But is seems that the verb in the main clause is the target of the speakers determination/willpower/resolve whereas the verb in the underclause is the target of nothing. I guess you can say it is background material..
 
 
'''***''' The organization of the Chinese writting system seems to have affected the language itself. The primary writing direction was top_to_bottom so of course the calendar was written top_to_bottom as well. From that "above" got associated with "the past" and "below got associated with "the future".
 
午 wǔ "noon" : 上 shàng "above" : 下 xià "under" => 上午 shàngwǔ "morning" : 下午 xiàwǔ "afternoon"
 
A similar thing happened in '''béu'''. The practitioners of '''béu''' are above all engineers and the algebraic convention of having time along the horizontal axis has affected the language somewhat.
 
..
 
== ... Word building==
 
..
 
Many words in '''béu''' are constructed from amalgamating two basic words. The constructed word is non-basic semantically ... maybe one of the concepts needed for a particular field of study.
 
..
 
In '''béu''' when 2 nouns are come together the second noun acts as an attribute of the first'''*'''. For example ...
 
'''toili nandau''' (literally "book word" ... "book" is the head and "word" is the attribute).
 
Now the person who first thought of the idea of compiling a list of words along with their meaning would have called this thing he created '''toili nandau'''.
 
However over the years as the concept '''toili nandau''' became more and more common, '''toili nandau''' would have morphed into  '''nandəli'''.
 
Often when this process happens the resulting construction has a narrower meaning than the original two word phrase.
 
..
 
There are 4 steps in this word building process ...
 
1) Swap positions : '''toili nandau''' => '''*nandau toili'''
 
2) Delete syllable : '''*nandau toili''' => '''*nandau li''' 
 
3) Vowel becomes schwa : '''*nandau li''' => '''*nandə li'''
 
4) Merge the components : '''*nandə li''' => '''nandəli'''
 
[[Image:TW_667.png]]
 
In the above, the only valid constructions are '''toili nandau''' and '''nandəli'''. The other constructions are only shown for demonstration purposes. From now on I will leave out the '''*''' (indicating non-validity)
Below are a number of examples. They are divided up into sets, depending on how many syllables in the head and how many in the attribute.
 
..
 
=== ... head 2 : attribute 2===
 
..
 
[Note to self : are you totally happy with this example ?]
 
'''laŋku''' = shadow, reflection
 
'''miaka''' = echo, response, effect
 
Which produce '''miakəka''' meaning "subtle influence" or "to subtly influence"
 
[[Image:TW_672.png]]
 
..
 
And the case when the attribute ends in a consonant ...
 
'''megau''' plus '''peugan''' : "body of knowledge" + "society"
 
1) Swap positions : '''peugan megau'''
 
2) Delete syllable : '''peugan gau'''
 
3) Delete the coda and neutralize the vowel : '''peugan gau''' => '''peugə gau'''
 
4) Merge the components :'''peugə gau''' => '''peugəgau'''
 
[[Image:TW_670.png]]
 
..
 
And the case when the main word has a double consonant before the end vowel ...
 
'''kanfai''' plus '''gozo''' : "merchant" + "fruit"
 
1) Swap positions : '''gozo kanfai'''
 
2) Delete syllable : '''gozo fai''' ............................. Note '''kan''' is deleted, not just '''ka'''
 
3) Vowel before the final consonant becomes schwa :'''gozo fai''' => '''gozə fai'''
 
4) Merge the components : '''gozə fai''' =>  '''gozəfai'''
 
[[Image:TW_671.png]]
 
..
 
=== ... head 2 : attribute 1===
 
..
 
'''nandau''' plus '''sài''' : "word" + "colour"
 
1) Swap positions : '''sài nandau'''
 
2) Delete syllable : '''sài dau'''
 
3) ---
 
4) Merge the components : '''sài dau'''  => '''saidau'''
 
[[Image:TW_669.png]]
 
Note that in this case the semantic difference between '''nandau sài''' and '''saidau''' is quite large ... we have aboiut 10 of the first but around 1,000 of the second.
 
..
 
'''ifan''' plus '''kwò''' : "duo" + "wheel"
 
( '''kwò''' "wheel" is related to '''kwè''' "to turn")
 
1) Swap positions : '''kwò ifan'''
 
2) Delete syllable : '''kwò fan'''
 
3) ---
 
4) Merge the components : '''kwò fan'''  => '''kwofan'''
 
[[Image:TW_815.png]]
 
..
 
=== ... head 1 : attribute 2 ===
 
..
 
And when the head is a monosyllable ...
 
'''wé''' plus '''deuta''' : "manner" + "soldier"
 
1) Swap positions : '''wé deuta''' => '''deuta wé'''
 
2) ---
 
3) Vowel becomes schwa :  '''deuta wé''' => '''deutɘ wé'''
 
4) Merge the components : '''deutə wé''' => '''deutəwe'''
 
[[Image:TW_668.png]]
 
..
 
=== ... head  1 : attribute 1 ===
 
..
 
'''wèu''' plus '''sò''' : "vehicle" + "row"/"series"
 
1) Swap positions : '''wèu sò''' => '''sò wèu'''
 
2) ---
 
3) ---
 
4) Merge the components : '''sò wèu''' => '''soweu'''
 
[[Image:TW_924.png]]
 
..
 
sword.spear => weaponry ... shield.helmet => armour, protection ... knife.fork => cuttlery ... table.chair => furniture
 
There are no cases where both contributing words are monosyllables.
 
 
As with the schwa-form and the i-form verbs ... the schwa is represented by cross.
 
When spelling words out, this cross is pronounced as '''kano''' ... meaning "link", "connector", "connection", "association" or "relationship".
 
Notice that when you hear '''nandəli''', '''deutəwe''' or '''peugəgau''' you know that they are a non-basic words (because of the schwa).
 
This method of word building is only used for nouns.
 
..
 
'''*''' Actually there are three words that can be used to bind the two words together ... perhaps if you want to make the relationship between the two more concrete. These words are '''yó''' "property, '''gù''' "master"/"lord" and '''kài''' "kind"/"type"
 
'''waudo yó bàu''' = "the man's dog", '''bàu gù waudo''' = "the man who owns a/the dog", '''loweu kài hauheu''' = "a/the school bus"
 
But as I said before, usually speakers are happy to drop these linking words.
 
By the way "whose" can be translated into '''béu''' using the '''gù''' construction ... "the man whose dog bit me" => '''bàu gù waudo nài pà ilkori''' ... in theory this construction is ambiguous ...
 
1) the man (who owns a dog) bit me
 
2) the man whose dog bit me
 
Actually easy to tell apart as 1) is a complete clause and 2) is only a part of a clause. Also if 1) was meant a pause would be introduced. That is 1) =  '''bàu gù waudo_nài pà ilkore'''
 
..
 
== ... The particles làu, kài, "wé nài" and ?à  ... this is quite complicated==
 
..
 
There are 4 main uses for '''làu'''
 
..
 
1] The first use is when we are using the extended number set. '''làu''' stands between the noun ('''senko''') and the extended number ...
 
..
 
3,051<sub>12</sub> elephants => '''sadu làu uba wú odaija'''
 
{| border=1 style="text-align:center;"
! sadu || làu || uba || wú ||  odaija
|-
| elephant || "partitive particle" || 3 || 12<sup>3</sup>  ||  51
|}
 
..
 
Note ... the singular form of '''senko''' always used when quantity is given by this method.
 
We have already touched on this in the previous chapter [ see the section Numbers ... (the extended set) ].
 
I call '''làu''' a partitive particle when it is doing this function.
 
To the left of '''làu''', the noun always has a generic meaning hence in this position it would never take the '''kai''' prefix. [ cf. '''sadu''' = elephant : '''kaizadu''' = elephant-kind, "the elephant" (as a species) ... see the next chapter ]
 
So  '''*kaisadu làu uba wú odaija''' is illegal.
 
This construction is often seen with "magnifier" duplication ...
 
'''sadu làu wú wú''' = thousands of elephants : '''sadu làu nàin nàin''' = millions of elephants : '''sadu làu hungu hungu''' = billions of elephants
 
When specifying an amount of an '''olus''', '''làu''' is  use with any number, not just with an extended number ...
 
..
 
Two cups of hot milk => '''ʔazwo pona làu hói hoŋko'''
 
{| border=1 style="text-align:center;"
! ?azwo || pona || làu || hói || hoŋko
|-
| milk || hot || "partitive particle" || 3 || cup
|}
 
..
 
2] I also call '''làu''' a partitive particle when it is doing its second function ...
 
..
 
Three of these doctors => '''moltai.a dí làu léu'''
 
{| border=1 style="text-align:center;"
! moltai.a || dí || làu || léu
|-
| doctors || this || "partitive particle" || 3
|}
 
..
 
Note ... the plural form of '''senko''' is always used for this construction.
 
..
 
Two cups of this hot milk => '''ʔazwo pona dí làu hói hoŋko'''
 
{| border=1 style="text-align:center;"
! ?azwo || pona || dí || làu || hói || hoŋko
|-
| milk || hot || this ||  "partitive particle" || 3 || cup
|}
 
..
 
Of course, for an '''olus''' there is no plural form.
 
This second construction is used when we are taking a portion of a larger amount. The first construction is used when we are taking a portion of X out of the sum total of all the X in the universe.
 
For the '''olus''', there is not so much difference between function 1) and function 2).
 
..
 
3]  I also call '''làu''' a qualitative particle when it is doing its third function. Here '''làu''' is equivalent to English "as" in some of "as"'s functions ...
 
..
 
Question ... '''tomo r jutu láu''' => "how big is Thomas ?"
 
Answer[A]  .... '''tomo r jutu làu jono''' => "Thomas is as big as John"
 
Answer[B] .... '''tomo r wì  jutu jonowo''' => "Thomas is less big than John"
 
Answer[C] .... '''tomo r yú  jutu jonowo''' => "Thomas is bigger than John"
 
Answer[D] .... '''tomo bù r jutu làu jono''' => "Thomas is not as big as John"
 
 
[[Image:TW_925.png]]
 
Notice that D, invariably in English, makes Thomas smaller than John. Not so in '''béu'''. A B and C tend to be used a lot more than D.
 
Note ... in English, in the negative, "so" can be used instead of "as" .... "not as good as" = "not so good as"
 
[Note to self : get rid of -'''ge''' ? .... use it only in NP ? an alternative to C ? ]
 
This usage is not just for copula+adjective constructions, it can also be used for verb+adverb constructions ...
 
Thomas thinks as fast as John => '''tomo wòr sacois làu jono'''
 
Also ... Thomas thinks faster than John => '''tomo wòr yú sacois jonowo''' etc.
 
..
 
4] In most languages you can drop certain components if they are obvious from the context. And when you do this there is no other differences to the sentence (as far as I know). Not so in '''béu'''. Sometimes  '''làu''' must become '''jía''' when a verb/copula is overt. Take the example  '''tomo wòr sacois làu jono''' "Thomas thinks as fast as John" ... obviously "John thinks" is underlying here. However if you want to make  "John thinks" overt you must change '''làu''' to '''jía''' ...
 
Thomas thinks as fast as John thinks => '''tomo wòr sacois jía jono wòr'''
 
Now why have I set things up like this ... well in '''béu''' it is quite easy to define a clause. A clause is a chunk that contains one active verb (one verb containing a verb). It is to firmly draw a line between one clause constructions and two clause constructions that I insist on '''làu''' => '''jía'''
 
Here is an other example of '''jía''' in action ...
 
'''tomo r jini jía bù byór jò banhain''' = Thomas is so clever that he doesn't have to go to school
 
Here is the above in different words (a bit of revision) ... '''tomo r jini jía bù r neʒi gò jòr banhain''' ... but in '''béu'''  the shorter version is always preferred.
 
And another example of the '''làu'''/'''jía''' split ...
 
Thomas walks as much as John (walks) => '''tomo doikor làu jono''' or '''tomo doikor jía jono doikar'''
 
And I think I should mention the construction ... '''tomo doikar hè jía jono doikar'''. This means the same as above plus the information that they both walk a lot.
 
..
 
..
 
1]  I also call '''kài''' a qualitative particle when it is doing its first function ...
 
..
 
{|
|-
! jono || r || kài || dada || ò
|-
| john || is || like || older brother} || his
|} => John is like his older brother
 
{|
|-
! jono || r || kài || dada
|-
| john || is || like/as || older brother}
|} => John is like my older brother
 
[Note to self : get rid of the above example]
 
..
 
2] Sometimes '''kài''' can best be translated as "made of" ...
 
a/the wooden house => '''nambo kài wuda'''
 
the house is made of wood =>  '''nambo r kài wuda'''
 
..
 
3] Sometimes '''kài''' can best be translated as "for" ...
 
water for drinking => '''moze kài solbe'''
 
water for washing clothes => '''moze kài laudo'''
 
this water is for washing clothing =>  '''moze dí r kài laudo'''
 
(in the above three examples,  '''kài''' and what follows it can be considerd an adjective)
 
..
 
4) In the fourth function '''kài''' actually merges with a following '''senko''' ...
 
elephant = '''sadu'''
 
elephant-kind = '''kaizadu'''
 
this is actually a noun, the idea being something like "that which is like an elephant"
 
[ Note ... it is interesting that the '''béu''' word for "species" is '''kaija'''. Probably from " '''kài aja''' ", '''aja''' being an obsolete word for "one". ]
 
..
 
5) In its fifth function '''kài''' actually merges with a following '''saidau''' ...
 
red = '''hìa'''
 
reddish = '''kaihia'''
 
..
 
6) And the sixth function ...
 
{|
|-
! gì || r || gombuʒi || kài || jono   
|-
|  you || are || argumentative  || like || John
|} => you are argumentative like John .............................. i.e. in the same manner ... for example ... shouting over other people when they try and put forward their arguments
 
..
 
This only is applicable to "complicated "adjectives ... adjectives that like have internal structure. I find it difficult to imagine a situation where this construction would be suitable for an adjective like "short".
 
I see short as one dimensional while I see '''gombuʒi''' as multifaceted.
 
You are treating '''gombuʒi''' ss one dimensional when you say ...
 
..
 
{|
|-
! gì || r || làu || gombuʒi || kài || jono   
|-
|  you || are || as || argumentative  || like || John
|} => you are as argumentative like John ................ (function 4 for '''làu''' and function 1 for '''kài''')
 
..
 
So there we have it ... 4 functions for '''làu''' and 7 for '''kài'''. It is fitting to introduce '''wé nài''' at this point because '''wé nài''''s usuage overlaps with '''kài'''.
 
..
 
{|
|-
! gì || r || gombuʒi || wé || nài || jono   
|-
|  you || are || argumentative  || manner || that || John
|}
 
..
 
This means exactly the same as the last example for '''kài'''
 
The above can be considered a contraction of '''gì  r  gombuʒi  wé  nài  jono r''' or  '''gì  r  gombuʒi  wé  nài  jono r gombuʒi'''
 
We can see that now we have two clauses. In '''béu''', one active verb means one clause ... very simple. So in the '''béu''' linguistic tradition ...
 
'''gì  r  gombuʒi  wé  nài  jono r''' = 2 clauses : '''gì  r  gombuʒi  wé  nài  jono''' = 1 clause ...... even though both these examples mean the same.
 
..
 
Now the '''wé nài''' construction has no subtle way to indicate whether we are thinking of '''gombuʒi''' as a one dimensional concept or as a  multifaceted concept.
 
Hence '''gì  r  gombuʒi  wé  nài  jono''' also means "you are argumentative to the same degree as John"
 
You must use your knowledge of the situation to disambiguate. For example in ...
 
..
 
{|
|-
! jono-s || huz-o-r || wé || nài || kulno
|-
| john-{{small|ERG}} || smoke-{{small|3SG-IND}} || as || chimney
|} => John smokes as a chimney
 
..
 
It is obvious that John's smoking can in no way resemble a chimney, and we must be talking about "degree" here.
 
{|
|-
! jono-s || huz-o-r || sù || kulno
|-
| john-{{small|ERG}} || smoke-{{small|3SG-IND}} || like || chimney
|} => John smokes like a chimney
 
'''sù''' = like, as much as
 
..
 
XXXXXXXXX
 
XXXXXXXXX
 
..
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note ... all the above should be actually two clauses but because of truncation ... [ a chimney ] <= [ a chimney smokes ] ... [ before ] <= [ she used deceit before ] ...  [ John ] <= [ John is argumentative ] ...  [ agreed ] <= [ all parties agreed ] ... [ John ] <= [ John is ] ... these constructions often appear as if only a NP follows '''kài'''.
 
Usually for particles that can either be followed by a NP or a clause, I add '''gò''' after the particle when a clause follows. This is to prevent errors in comprehention. For example '''jì''' means "for" and is followed by a NP (usually a person). I have '''jì gò''' meaning "in order that"  ...  '''jì gò''' being followed by a clause. In '''béu''' the first word of a clause is often a noun. If I had '''jì''' meaning "in order that" there might be misunderstanding (albeit temporary). English does this also in many constructions [ I should go into this more fully ??? ]. Of course I could have a totally different particle for "in order that" but I wanted to emphasis the semantic overlap between these to constructions.
 
But there is no chance of misunderstanding when '''kài''' is heard ... it is always followed by a clause. Even in (5) what we have is a clause. The clause is '''jono r''' (with the '''r''' dropped). Actually '''kài''' means "in the manner or roll specified" ... the last bit added to include cases like (5).
 
..
 
Note ... '''kài''' can not be followed by an adjective.
 
 
There are 5 nouns that are associated with 5 of these above question word / indefinite pairs. '''làus''' = amount, quantity : '''kàin''' = kind, sort, type : '''dàs''' = place : '''kyùs''' accasion, time : '''sàin''' = reason, cause, origin
 
These 5 nouns are never followed by '''nài'''. The table below is interesting. It shows the logical equivalence of a hypothetical expession (on the LHS) and the logical equivalent actually used (on the RHS).
 
..
 
'''*làus nài''' => '''làu'''
 
'''*kàin nài''' => '''kài'''
 
'''*dàs nài''' =>  '''dà'''
 
'''*kyùs  nài''' => '''kyù'''
 
'''*sàin nài''' => '''sài'''
 
..
 
There are two adjectives associated with these question word / particle pairs.  '''laubo''' meaning "enough" and  '''kaibo''' meaning "suitable".
 
Also there are two nouns associated with these question word / particle pairs.  '''lauja''' meaning "level" and '''kaija''' meaning "species/model".
 
-----
 
'''sài''' = because of
 
'''dari solbe sài ò''' = I started to drink because of her  ..................................................  '''sài ò'''  can be considered an adverb of reason.
 
Note ... '''sài''' means "because of" ... '''sài gò''' means "because"
 
----
 
To say something like "john is as good at writing as jane" you have to use '''ʔà''' (or '''ʔàbis''') ... see the next section.
 
..
 
Note that 3) and 8) do not mean the same thing ... '''kài''' defines a multi-characteristic concept (thing or action) while '''làu''' specifies position'''*''' on a uni-characteristic scale. ['''*''' or "degree" or "amount"]. So '''làu''' introduces only a quantity and '''kài''' intruduces a quality or manner.
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_621.png]]
 
..
 
I find the above table interesting. It is skewed ... OK '''pí wé nài''' ("in the manner that") can be used but it hardly ever is. Usually '''kài''' = "in the manner that". Why is it skewed ? My answer is ...
 
"For everyone the most important things around them are other people. And the most important "attribute" of a person is "how" they behave."
 
Hence '''kài''' has supplanted '''pí wé nài'''.
 
Also notice that any adjective outwith a NP has to be introduced by the copula, hence '''sàu kài''' instead of simply '''kài'''.
 
..
 
Note ... '''nù r làu jutu saduwo''' and '''nù r jutu kài sadu''' do not mean the same thing ...  '''nù r làu jutu saduwo''' would be said when you have one specific '''sadu''' "elephant" in mind.
 
So  '''nù r làu jutu saduwo''' => "they're as big as the elephant" ... '''nù r jutu kài sadu''' would be said when you are talking about elephants in general. So => "they're as big as elephants"
 
..
 
 
 
{|
|-
! jono-s || klud-o-r || wé || nài || tomo-s || klud-o-r
|-
| john-{{small|ERG}} || writes-{{small|3SG-IND}} || like/as || thomas-{{small|ERG}} || writes-{{small|3SG-IND}}
|} => John writes like Thomas writes ........................................................ in the following examples '''kài''' and what follows can be considerd an adverb of manner.
 
 
 
{|
|-
! jono-s || klud-o-r || wé || nài || tomo-s
|-
| john-{{small|ERG}} || writes-{{small|3SG-IND}} || like/as || thomas-{{small|ERG}}
|} => John writes like Thomas ...........................................Note ... the final verb has been dropped but Thomas keeps the ergative marking.
 
 
 
 
 
 
{|
|-
!  taud-o-r-a || wé || nài || hunwu || tú || húa || gayana
|-
|  to be annoyed-{{small|3SG-IND-PRES}} || like/as || bear || with || head || aching
|} => he/she is annoyed like a bear with a  headache
 
(Note to self .... is '''gayana''' still valid)
 
 
{|
|-
! bù || ?oim-o-r-a || wé || nài || fiʒi || mù || moze
|-
|  not || to be happy-{{small|3SG-IND-PRES}} || like/as || fish || out || water
|} => he/she is unhappy like a fish out of water
 
 
 
 
Note ... the wide variety of things being compared ... clause to clause : clause to noun : noun to noun
 
..
 
 
 
 
Good, Better, Best
 
..
 
'''làu''' is part of a larger paradigm ... the comparative paradigm ... demonstrating with the help of '''bòi''' ("good")  ...
 
..
 
{| border=1
  |align=center| >>>
  |align=left| '''boimo'''
  |align=left| best
  |-
  |align=center| >
  |align=left| '''boige'''
  |align=left| better
  |-
  |align=center| =
  |align=left| '''làu bòi'''
  |align=left| as good
  |-
  |align=center| <
  |align=left| '''boizo'''
  |align=left| less good
  |-
  |align=center| <<<
  |align=left| '''boizmo'''
  |align=left| least good
  |}
 
..
 
The top and the bottom items are the superlative degree and so have no "standard of comparison".
 
The fourth one down is used less frequently than the second one down. This is because its sentiment is sometimes expressed by negating the third one down. For example ...
 
'''gì bù r làu bòi pawo''' = "you're not as good as me" can be used instead of  '''gì r boizo pawo''' "you are less good than me"
 
[ actually '''gì r boizo pawo''' would be the normal way to express this sentiment. But '''gì bù r làu bòi pawo''' would be used, for example,  as a retort to "I'm as good as you" ]
 
The superlative forms are found as nouns more often than as adjectives. That is '''boimo''' and '''boizmo''' are rarer than '''boimos''' and '''boizmos'''. (see table below)
 
..
 
'''boimos''' =  the best : '''bàu boimo''' = the best man
 
'''boizmos''' = the least good :  '''bàu boizmo''' = the least good man
 
..
 
[ you are argumentative like John but you are even worse ] ... explain this more
 
... ?ài
 
..
 
The same or not the same
 
..
 
'''ʔài''' = "same"
 
'''bù ʔài''' = "different"
 
Note ... for "the other", NP before the verb : for "another", NP after the verb)
 
1a) ''' jono lé jene sùr ʔài bèn ''' = "John and Jane are the same"  ... logically the ''' bèn ''' is unnecessary, but it is often included ... euphony.
 
1b) '''jono r ʔài jenewo''' = "John is the same as Jane"
 
The above two examples are ambiguous as to whether John and Jane are the same w.r.t. one characteristic or the same w.r.t. all characteristic.
 
2a) '''jono lé jene r ʔài jutuwo''' = "John and Jane are the same size"
 
2b) '''*jono r ʔài jenewo jutuwo''' = "John is the same as Jane, sizewise" = "John is the same size as Jane"
 
The above is not allowed ... there is a rule saying that you can't have two consecutive -'''wo''' endings. So 2b) has to be re-assembled as ...
 
'''jono r làu jutu jenewo''' .... see Ch2.11.1
 
[Note '''jutuwo''' is derived from '''jutumiwo''' but the '''mi''' "ness" is invariably dropped.
 
'''ʔàibis''' = similar
 
'''ʔài dù''' = exactly the same
 
'''ʔaimai''' = similarity
 
'''lomai''' = difference
 
To say something like "John is as good at writing as Jane" we can not say '''*jono r làu bòi jenewo kludauwo''' [ ??? ] [ two consecutive -'''wo''' no good ? ]
 
You must use a sort of topic comment construction.
 
'''wo kludau bòi_jene r ʔài jonowo''' or '''wo kludau bòi_jene lé jono r ʔài '''
 
----
 
== ... The 7 types versus basic types==
 
..
 
I have heard of people constucting languages and their main aim from the start was to create a language that contained only nouns or only verbs or what have you. I have always considered this a bit silly ... however it appears that I have arrived at such a position myself ... well at least as to the non-derived (basic form) of the words'''*'''.
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_824.png]]
 
..
 
The base form of '''béu''' verbs are the '''manga''' which you can consider an "infinitive" or a "verbal noun". "MaSdar" if you will. To get a finite verb [called a "hook word" in '''béu'''] it must go through a derivational process [see Ch 3.1 for more information].
 
The '''béu''' adjectives seem to straddle two categoties ... nouns and adjectives. For example '''gèu''' means both "green" and "greenness" ("the green one" is represented by the '''saidaus''' '''gèus'''). But this is similar to many languages. For example in the English phrase "green is good",  "green" must be a noun.
 
In '''béu''' (as in English) '''gèu''' will most often occur as an adjective. In '''béu''' when '''gèu''' must appear as a noun in a position where it might be mistaken for an adjective it is put into a NP with head  '''kuwai''' ...  '''kuwai''' = property, quality, attribute, characteristic, feature. So  '''kuwai gèu''' is a NP meaning "greenness". In English when "green" must appear as a noun in a position where it might be mistaken for an adjective, it is changed into a noun with the affiX  "ness" of course.
 
By the way ... there is one sure way to check if a word is  '''saidau''' or not. If a word can take the intensifier '''sowe''' then the word is  '''saidau''' (or a '''saidaun''' but you know it is '''saidau''' if it doesn't end in '''n''')
 
(Note to self ... what '''béu''' word class is '''kuwai''' )
 
As a theoretical basis I am following Basic Theory as forwarded by RMW Dixon in his trilogy of the same name. I don't consider '''béu''' to  diverge from Basic Theory. Just some of my categories are sub-categories of Basic Theory categories.
 
'''*'''In the chart we are ignoring grammatical words ... the '''fengi'''.
 
..
 
== ..... The 7 types of word==
 
..
 
All words belong to one of the following 7 categories ...
 
..
 
1) '''fengi''' = particle ... this is a sort of "hold-all" category for all words (and affixes) that don't neatly fit into the other categories. Interjections, numbers,  pronouns, conjunctions, determiners and certain words that would be classed as adverbs in English, are all classed as '''fengi'''.
 
An example is '''Í''' .. the preposition indicating the dative.
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_817.png]]
 
..
 
2) '''senko''' = object
 
An example is '''bàu''' ... "a man"
 
..
 
3) '''olus''' = material, stuff
 
An example is '''moze''' ... "water"
 
..
 
4) '''saidau''' = adjective
 
An example is '''nelau''' ... "dark blue"
 
..
 
5) '''manga''' = a noun  ... closest to the infinitive in English ... also I call it "verb base" as finite verbs are built up from this form.
 
An example is '''twá''' ... "to meet"  (the concept of "meet" disassociated from any arguments, tense, aspect or whatever).
 
..
 
6) '''mangan''' = a noun. A  '''mangan''' represents one instance of the activity denoted by the  '''manga'''.  For example ...
 
'''twán''' ... "a\the meeting"
 
..
 
7) '''saidaun''' = a noun derived from an adjective. The  '''saidaus''' means an object possessing the property denoted by the  '''saidau'''.
 
An example is  '''nelaun''' = a/the dark blue one : '''nò nelaun''' = a/the dark blue ones
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_819.png]]
 
..
 
The '''mangan''' and  '''saidaun''' are transparently derived from  '''manga''' and  '''saidau''' so there is no need to list them separately in a dictionary.
 
..
 
== ..... Correlatives ==
 
I GOT RID OF THE CORRELATIVE SPECIAL SYMBOLS ... TO CLEVER BY HALF
 
 
[[Image:TW_796.png]]
 
..
 
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''uda'''
  |align=center| everywhere
  |align=center| '''uku'''
  |align=center| always
  |align=center| '''ubu'''
  |align=center| everybody
  |align=center| '''ufan'''
  |align=center| everything
  |- 
  |align=center| '''juda'''
  |align=center| nowhere
  |align=center| '''juku'''
  |align=center| never
  |align=center| '''jubu'''
  |align=center| nobody
  |align=center| '''jufan'''
  |align=center| nothing
  |- 
  |align=center| '''ida'''
  |align=center| anywhere
  |align=center| '''iku'''
  |align=center| anytime
  |align=center| '''ibu'''
  |align=center| anybody
  |align=center| '''ifan'''
  |align=center| anything
  |- 
  |align=center| '''eda'''
  |align=center| somewhere
  |align=center| '''eku'''
  |align=center| sometime
  |align=center| '''ebu'''
  |align=center| somebody
  |align=center| '''efan'''
  |align=center| something
  |}
 
 
The above 16 correlatives all have a special symbols  (ignore the blue and red squares).
 
If you wants to make plural any word from the last two rows, you must revert to the nearest generic noun available and build up a NP in the normal way..
 
 
{| border=1
|align=center| '''ida'''
|align=center| anywhere
|align=center| '''iku'''
|align=center| anytime
|align=center| '''ibu'''
|align=center| anybody
|align=center| '''ifan'''
|align=center| anything
|-
|align=center| '''nò dà ín'''
|align=center| any places
|align=center| '''nò kyù ín'''
|align=center| any times
|align=center| '''abua ín'''
|align=center| any people
|align=center| '''fanyoi ín'''
|align=center| any things
|-
|align=center|
|-
|align=center| '''eda'''
|align=center| somewhere
|align=center| '''eku'''
|align=center| sometime
|align=center| '''ebu'''
|align=center| somebody
|align=center| '''efan'''
|align=center| something
|-
|align=center| '''nò dà èn'''
|align=center| some places
|align=center| '''nò kyù èn'''
|align=center| some times
|align=center| '''abua èn'''
|align=center| some people
|align=center| '''fanyoi èn'''
|align=center| some things
|}
 
 
A further 3 of these special symbols are shown below ....
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_797.png]]
 
..
 
The short-hand forms are <u>always</u> used.
 
..
 
 
(Note to self : resolve the stuff below)
 
The columns are related to  the words ... '''dàn''' = place ... '''kyùs''' = time/occasion ... '''glabu''' = person ... '''fanyo''' = thing
 
'''ubu''' can mean "each person" and "all the people". If they act together '''uwe''' can be added. If they act individually '''bajawe''' can be added.
 
..
 
== ..... Some anaphora rubbish ==
 
WELL I MIGHT GET A PARTICLE OR TWO FROM THE BELOW ... SO ???
 
..
 
'''ò''' is used to represent an person, mentioned before, and still current in everybody's mind.
 
'''ʃì''' is used to represent an object, mentioned before, and still current in everybody's mind.
 
'''só'''  is used to represent an scenario, mentioned before, and still current in everybody's mind.
 
The above would be used in such sentences as ...  "She acquiesced to return to Crosby's hotel room ... ''which'' was a very bad idea".
 
..
 
Four (five with '''nai.as''' ?) other particles also take -'''as'''. They are ...
 
{| border=1
  |align=center| '''lau.as'''
  |align=center| to that degree, as much as .... will not
  |-
  |align=center| '''kai.as'''
  |align=center|  thus, so, in that way
  |-
  |align=center| '''sai.as'''
  |align=center| for that reason
|}
 
English uses ''that'' for anaphora in the above examples.
 
All these words are overwhelmingly/always ? utterance final.
 
----
 
..
 
[[Image:TW_676.png]]
 
..
 
== ..... Old morning/afternoon ==
 
..
 
'''falaja''' = afternoon : '''falajas''' = in the afternoon/every afternoon .... (jé) falaja = in the afternoon ......
 
'''yildos''' = morning : '''yildozas''' = in the morning/every morning ....... (jé) falaja = in the afternoon .......  


..
..

Latest revision as of 23:38, 9 August 2021

... The time of day

..

The 24 hour period has six major divisions. Starting at six in the morning (in our system).

SW 181.png

Two things are a bit unusual here ...

1) Zero time is the last period of the day.

2) Literally "the two hundreds" (for example) would be imau.a, so imaus is a bit idiomatic.

..

jù aús means "zero period" [ it is hard to decide which is the "head" in this expression ... no matter. The important bit is that all six periods rhyme ;-) ]

As for the others, well a bit of a dispute there, some think a?aus is a contraction of a?au aús, some think it is a?au with the adverbial marker -s. Again ...no matter.


OK ... we have divided the day into 4 hour segments. We can further divide each of these major time periods into six 40 minute intervals. By way of example, lets sub-divide the evening.

..

18:00 => 18:40 ejaus jù aús .... evening, zero period
18:40 => 19:20 ejaus a?ai.a evening, the tens
19:20 => 20:00 ejaus imai.a evening, the twenties
20:00 => 20:40 ejaus uyai.a evening, the thirties
20:40 => 21:20 ejaus ejai.a evening, the forties
21:20 => 22:00 ejaus ofai.a evening, the fifties

..

Note : 02:00 => 02:40 is called jù aús jù aús. I guess if it was used a lot it would get eroded to jù jù aús but I don't see this period of time being talk about a lot..

..

Now aús relates to a period of time. (meaning "at" but w.r.t. time) relates to an instant of time. It is logical to think that if we keep dividing up a period of time we would approach to an instant in time. A further division by 6 gives us 6 minutes + 40 seconds. In béu culture this is considered an instant ... like if you arranged to meet somebody, the meeting would only be specified to the nearest 6 minutes + 40 seconds (I guess it is quite a relaxed culture).

By way of example, lets sub-divide "evening, the forties".

..

20:40:00 => 20:46:40 .... jé jà jà jù
20:46:40 => 20:53:20 jé jà jà ?à
20:53:20 => 21:00:00 jé jà jà mà
21:00:00 => 21:06:40 jé jà jà yà
21:06:40 => 21:13:20 jé jà jà jà
21:13:20 => 21:20:00 jé jà jà fà

..

When these special short number forms are used, you always have three of them and they always follow

..

Every instant that end if has an alternative form. For example jé jà jà jù can also be expressed as ejaus jé ejai

There are two fixed times that have a special name. Midday which is when imaus imai.a changes to imaus uyai.a is called haimo. Midnight which is when ofaus imai.a changes to ofaus uyai.a is called yenu

Dawn is called koibai and dusk is called koikau. These of course depend on the time of year and the latitude. koikau has a religious significance.

koikau => koibai is called noice "night" : koibai => koikau is called kolze "day time"

SW 183.png

A system of rough time keeping is based noice and kolze. hái means "high" and guboi "deep". hua.is means "early" and ucia "late".

The above example represents a winters day.

..

There is a subsiduary method of time keeping that is common. It is based on the local time at Mangareva. Mangareva is a small pacific island : 23 06 34 S : 134 57 57 W

When you are giving Mangareva time you simply put tekan "world" in front of the time expression. tekan time is basically GMT -9 hours.

..

Every town has a clocktower and the clocktower has 4 faces, which are aligned with the cardinal directions. The street pattern is also so aligned : that is the four biggest streets radiate out from the clock in the cardinal directions.

..

SW 178.png

...................... The East Face ............................. The North Face .............................. The West Face ............................... The South Face

..

All three hands move anti-clockwise. The big black hand sweeps out one revolution every 24 hours and the middle hand sweeps out a revolution every 4 hours. The small hand every 40 minutes.

All of the hands have step-motion.

The black hand once every four hours ... 60 degrees at a time.

The middle hand moves once every 6 2/3 minutes ... it moves 10 degrees.

The small hand moves once every 33 1/3 seconds ... it moves 5 degrees.

The clocks usually have a sound system associated with them. This sound systems depend on the local area.

A common sub-system is for sound1 everytime the black hand moves.

Sometimes there are sound2 midway between the black hand moving.

And there are other systems. Often it is decided that the sounds can be done away with or partially done away with at night.

Would a sound3 everytime time the middle hand moved be helpful ... perhaps just stress causing ??

The clocktower is surmounted by a green conic roof (actually not really conic ... the roof slope decreases as you get nearer the bottom). Lighting from under the roof could be provided for each face. Either that or the faces could be illuminated from within at night. The faces are not exactly vertical but the top slightly overhangs the bottom.

There is never any numbering on the face.

..

[One possible system ... Every 2 of our hours the clock makes a deep "boing" which reverberates for some time. Also from 6 in the morning to 6 at night, the clock emits a "boing" every 30 of our minutes. The first "boing" has no accompaniment. However the second "boing" is followed (well actually when the "boing" is only .67 % dissipated) by a "sharper" sound that dies down a lot quicker. Lets call this the "teen" sound. The third "boing" has 2 "teen"s 0.72 seconds apart. The fourth has 3 "teen"s. The fifth one is back to the single "boing" and so it continues through-out the daylight hours]

..

... Ways to join clauses timewise

..

In the previous sections we have seen how to give time information. However there is another way to give the time ... with respect to an evert or action.

We will cover six particles in this section which allow us to give time information with respect to an event ... wola koca beda kogan began and jindu.

..

wola* = "while" ( or "when")

koca = before

beda = after

kogan = until

began = since

jindu = as soon as


In a similar manner to English, they can either introduce a clause, a noun (that designates a time) or an infinitive phrase.


“After I ate breakfast”

“After the gold rush”

“After the eating of my breakfast”


The above are all time adverb phrases. A time adverb phrase is a dependent clause** (called an under clause in béu) ... shown in red below. The main clause is shown in yellow.

SW 106.png

..

Tha arrow is the arrow of time*** ... with the past to the left (komo), and the future to the right (bene).

I have given events wavey borders to represent "not so well defined". So, for example, on the top diagram ... the main clause action could start before the under clause action ... it could also outlast the under clause action ... the important thing is that for a substantial amount of time, the two actions were going on at the same time.

In the bottom four examples I have made the under clause actions very short. This is for illustration purposes only. The under clause actions can actually have any length ... depend on the verb/situation.

Now these five examples show how two clauses can be joined in a timewise fashion. The béu rules are quite similar to English. That is ...

A) the under clause must be introduced with one of these 6 particles.

B) we can have main clause and then the under clause ... or the other way around.

Here are examples to illustrate the 5 examples above ...

..

1) wola = while, as, when

pás pintu saikaru wola gís pazba saikiru = "I will paint the door, while you paint the table"

wola gís pazba saikiru_pás pintu saikaru = "while you paint the table, I will paint the door"

wola saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "while painting the table, you smoked" ........................... (this also can be expressed as ... pín saiko pazba_gís huʒiri)

..

2) koca = before

pazba saikaru koca pintu (saikaru) = "I will paint the table before (I will paint) the door"

koca pintu saikaru_pazba saikaru = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"

koca saiko pintu_pás pazba saikaru = "before painting the door, I will paint the table"

..

3) beda = after

pintu saikaru beda pazba (saikaru) = "I will paint the door after (I will paint) the table"

beda pazba saikaru_pintu saikaru = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"

beda saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru = "after painting the table, I will paint the door"........................... (this also can be expressed as ... gwò saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru)

..

If you wanted to emphasize that the first action will continue until the second action you would use ...

4) kogan = until

gís huʒiri kogan dare saiko pazba = "you smoked until I started to paint the table"

kogan dare saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "until I started to paint the table, you smoked"

kogan día saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "until starting to paint the table, you smoked"

..

If you wanted to emphasize that the first action has been continuing all the time since the second action you would use ...

5) began = since

gís ʔès huʒira began care saiko pazba = "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"

gí-s ʔès huʒ-i-r-a began c-a-r-e saiko pazba
you-ERG already smoke-2S-IND-PRES since stop-1S-IND-PAST painting table

==> "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"

began care saiko pazba_gís huʒira = "since I stopped painting the table you have smoked"

began cùa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira = "since stopping painting the table, you have smoked" ... [By the way ... began ìa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira = "since finishing painting the table, you have smoked" ]

..

There is one added complication in the above scheme ... if the intersect time of the two actions is in the future, then jindu (<jín "a moment" + "exact") can be used instead of began.

..

TW 852.png

..

* It is speculated that this comes from jwòi = "to pass through, to undergo, to bear, to endure, to stand" plus the pila?o . jwoila => wola

..

** I guess I should say what is the difference between a main clause and an under clause. (I should read about what other linguists say about this some day). Take the sentences ...

(1) I will finish this drink before I go home. ......... (2) I will go home after I finish this drink.

In terms of pure logic these both mean exactly the same. Also the choice of whether a verb is in the main or the under clause says nothing about the speakers attidude towards that verb ... i.e. relish, disgust, foreboding, sadness etc. But is seems that the verb in the main clause is the target of the speakers determination/willpower/resolve whereas the verb in the underclause is the target of nothing. I guess you can say it is background material

..

*** The organization of the Chinese writting system seems to have affected the language itself. The primary writing direction was top_to_bottom so of course the calendar was written top_to_bottom as well. From that "above" got associated with "the past" and "below got associated with "the future".

午 wǔ "noon" : 上 shàng "above" : 下 xià "under" => 上午 shàngwǔ "morning" : 下午 xiàwǔ "afternoon"

A similar thing happened in béu. The practitioners of béu are above all engineers and the algebraic convention of having time along the horizontal axis has affected the language somewhat.

..


Addendum ... jín means an interval of time an order of magnitude shorter than jón. The particle jindu is derived from it.

The adverbs jondi and jindi are derived from the above. They both mean "now". jondi is the one usually used. jindi is used for emphasis (for example in a swiftly changing situation).

Also they give rise to the adverbs jonis "soon" and jinis "immediately".

..

"Inside the action"

..

means "in" and is used for any noun, even for a noun denoting a period of time. English tends to use "during" for a noun denoting a period of time. For example ... "during the pandemic of 2010". By using only with nouns, béu looses a bit of clarity. For example, does butwapi mean "in the battle" or "during the battle" ? But anyway ... there are ways to make yourself clear.

For clauses wola is used. Equivalent to "while" in English [interesting fact ... German "während" is equivalent to "while" AND "during"].

And pín is an aspect particle which must go before the verb. It can be with an active verb or with a verb base. In both cases it must immediately precede the verb.[See ch3 (three aspect particles)]

As "any intermingling that is appropriate for an active verb is also appropriate for an verb base", and a clause is just verb-plus-add-ons, wola can also appear with a verb base (see example (1).

..

..... Questions questions

..

English is quite typical of languages in general and has 8 question words ... "which", "what", "who", "whose", "where", "when", "how" and "why". *

..

béu has nine ... TW 794.png

..

... The particle gú

..

The particle is equivalent to "whether" in English. Perhaps derived from gò lú bù ... the g from , the high tone from and the u from .

This is something of a logical derivation. It could not come about by erosion of gò lú bù because these three elements are never contiguous ... more like "clause" lú bù

..

Not to be confused with which means "master".

..

gú lú bù => whether or mot => even if

..

... Trigonometry

..

TW 958.png

Of course there is also a method to represent other functions. We use the same basic function symbol as before but an extra smaller symbol within the enclosed area.

TW 959.png

The three trogonometry functions have their own symbols. How these evolved from the basic function symbol is shown below ...

TW 961.png

V is the symbol usually used to represent an angle. In a similar manner that he lowercase letter θ is used as a symbol for an angle in the Western trigonometrical tradionion. Hence ...

TW 963.png

In CH 4 we saw that the inverse symbol is /. This gets incorporated into the three functions above, to give ...

TW 964.png

So now we have symbols for the six trigonomical functions.

Trigonometry is deemed so important, that these special symbols have been devised exclusively for the subject ...

TW 965.png

..

... Other Verbal Moods

..

When people speak they have different intentions. That is they are trying to achieve different things by speaking ... maybe they are trying to convey information, or wanting somebody to do something, or not to do something, or they are just expressing their feelings about something. All these are examples of what is called moods. Different languages have different methods of coding their moods. Also the various moods of a languages cover a different semantic range compared to other languages.

There are 7 moods in béu ... 3 expressing themselves by changes to the root verb and 4 by periphrasis.

..

TW 687.png

..

..

What are considered moods are shown by a green circle.

..

..

TW 688.png


How the different moods and forms interact are shown above. [this will be explained in full later]

..

... Ways to join clauses timewise

..

In the previous sections we have seen how to give time information. However there is another way to give the time ... with respect to an evert or action.

We will cover six particles in this section which allow us to give time information with respect to an event ... jón koca beda kogan began jindu and jonde.

..

jón = "while" ( or "when")

koca = before

beda = after

kogan = until

began = since

jindu = as soon as


In a similar manner to English, they can either introduce a clause, a noun (that designates a time) or an infinitive phrase.


“After I ate breakfast”

“After the gold rush”

“After the eating of my breakfast”


The above are all time adverb phrases. A time adverb phrase is a dependent clause* (called an under clause in béu) ... shown in red below. The main clause is shown in yellow.

TW 951.png

..

Tha arrow is the arrow of time** ... with the past to the left (komo), and the future to the right (bene).

I have given events wavey borders to represent "not so well defined". So, for example, on the top diagram ... the main clause action could start before the under clause action ... it could also outlast the under clause action ... the important thing is that for a substantial amount of time, the two actions were going on at the same time.

In the bottom four examples I have made the under clause actions very short. This is for illustration purposes only. The under clause actions can actually have any length ... depend on the verb/situation.

Now these five examples show how two clauses can be joined in a timewise fashion. The béu rules are quite similar to English. That is ...

A) the under clause must be introduced with one of these 6 particles.

B) we can have main clause and then the under clause ... or the other way around.

Here are examples to illustrate the 5 examples above ...

..

1) jón = while, as, when, during

pás pintu saikaru jón gís pazba saikiru = "I will paint the door, while you paint the table"

jón gís pazba saikiru_pás pintu saikaru = "while you paint the table, I will paint the door"

jón saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "while painting the table, you smoked"

..

2) koca = before

pazba saikaru koca pintu (saikaru) = "I will paint the table before (I will paint) the door"

koca pintu saikaru_pazba saikaru = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"

koca saiko pintu_pás pazba saikaru = "before painting the door, I will paint the table"

..

3) beda = after

pintu saikaru beda pazba (saikaru) = "I will paint the door after (I will paint) the table"

beda pazba saikaru_pintu saikaru = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"

beda saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru = "after painting the table, I will paint the door"

..

If you wanted to emphasize that the first action will continue until the second action you would use ...

4) kogan = until

gís huʒiri kogan dare saiko pazba = "you smoked until I started to paint the table"

kogan dare saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "until I started to paint the table, you smoked"

kogan día saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "until starting to paint the table, you smoked"

..

If you wanted to emphasize that the first action has been continuing all the time since the second action you would use ...

5) began = since

gís ʔès huʒira began care saiko pazba = "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"

gí-s ʔès huʒ-i-r-a began c-a-r-e saiko pazba
you-ERG already smoke-2S-IND-PRES since stop-1S-IND-PAST painting table

==> "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"

began care saiko pazba_gís huʒira = "since I stopped painting the table you have smoked"

began cùa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira = "since stopping painting the table, you have smoked" ... [By the way ... began ìa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira = "since finishing painting the table, you have smoked" ]

..

There is one added complication in the above scheme ... if the intersect time of the two actions is in the future, then jindu (<jín "a moment" + "exact") can be used instead of began.

..

TW 852.png

..

* I guess I should say what is the difference between a main clause and an under clause. (I should read about what other linguists say about this some day). Take the sentences ...

(1) I will finish this drink before I go home. ......... (2) I will go home after I finish this drink.

In terms of pure logic these both mean exactly the same. Also the choice of whether a verb is in the main or the under clause says nothing about the speakers attidude towards that verb ... i.e. relish, disgust, foreboding, sadness etc. But is seems that the verb in the main clause is the target of the speakers determination/willpower/resolve whereas the verb in the underclause is the target of nothing. I guess you can say it is background material..


** The organization of the Chinese writting system seems to have affected the language itself. The primary writing direction was top_to_bottom so of course the calendar was written top_to_bottom as well. From that "above" got associated with "the past" and "below got associated with "the future".

午 wǔ "noon" : 上 shàng "above" : 下 xià "under" => 上午 shàngwǔ "morning" : 下午 xiàwǔ "afternoon"

A similar thing happened in béu. The practitioners of béu are above all engineers and the algebraic convention of having time along the horizontal axis has affected the language somewhat.

..

jón used to mean an interval of time. It still does but nowadays you see it most often as the particle meaning "when"/"while". The conjunction jonde "and then" is derived from it.

jín means an interval of time an order of magnitude shorter than jón. The particle jindu is derived from it.

The adverbs jondi and jindi are derived from the above. They both mean "now". jondi is the one usually used. jindi is used for emphasis (for example in a swiftly changing situation).

..

..... Two prefixes

..

In Dyirbal we have ... baŋga- "to paint" : baŋga-yarra- "to begin to paint".

In Russian we have ... бежать "to run" : побежать "to start running".

béu has something similar to the Russian example (except that voicing has been introduced) ...

doika = "to walk" : bodoika = "to start to walk" / "to set out"

bo- is an inflection rather than a derivation because it is applied automatically to all verbs.

..

In the Western Linguistic Tradition, bo- is called a marker of inchoative aspect.

..

béu also has the verbal prefix ke- which is opposite semantically from bo- ...

doika = "to walk" : kedoika = "to stop walking"

I don't think the Western Linguistic Tradition has a term for this (shame on you Western Linguistic Tradition)

..

Actually bo- and ke- are not symmetrical. ke- is a lot less common with the aspect particles and wə* taking up a lot of heavy lifting.


If the verb begins with e, then one of them is subsumed ...

eskua "to be angry" : keskua "to calm down" as opposed to ... bo.eskua "to get angry" ... which is the normal way béu handles vowels meeting up across inflectional boundaries.

A similar thing happens when bo- is prefixed to a verb beginning with o.

..

Some other examples ...

mauma = to sleep : bomauma = to fall asleep : kemauma = to wake up

kodai = to work : bokodai = to start to work : kekodai = to stop working / to down tools

sit .... stand ... lie ?

..

*See the section "IA & UA" in chapter 10.

... Telling the time

..

To ask what time of day it is you say jondi kí nái or kí nái

To ask what day it is you say hoite dinda nái or simply kòi nái

To ask what season it is you say jondi sabata nái or simply sabata nái

To ask what year it is you say jondi toze nái or simply toze nái

To ask which cycle it is you say omba nái

..

Actually omba is more precisely called ombatoze'. However in a situation where time is being discussed ... omba by itself will do.

The word for time in general kyugan.

The word tozegan can be translated as "age" or "generation" or "century". Actually it is a period of 128 years.


The word ombakas means epoch or eon (also "calendar", "time reckoning system"). However unlike the English terms ombakas has a specific length (about 400,000 years).

kyù translates as the noun "occasion" as well as the particle "when/while/during". I guess kyù is not a senko as it is not tangible.


Below I have given one value of the ombakas. The total set of possible values can specify a time from around 200,000 years ago to 200,000 year in the future down to the nearest 50 seconds.

omba bene odaudai dimaku ?oli sunaba ajau

..

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
omba (komo/bene) odaudai dimaku ?oli sunaba ajau

..

1) ring/cycle/circle ... Every value of the ombakas starts with omba

2) (negative/positive) ... these can be dropped if it is known from context or from a tense affix, whether we are talking about the past or the future. By the way ... negative corresponds to the past.

3) "the number of the 128 year long cycle". odaudai = 55012 = 78010. As time zero in the béu calendar is 22 Dec 2083, we are talking roughly about a hundred thousand years in the future here.

4) "the particular year of the 128 cycle". dimaku means python and is the 100th year of the 128 year cycle.

5) "the particular sabata of the year" ... there are 5 sabata a (73 day long period) in one year ... ?oli pwè gú gamazu and yika

6) sunaba is the sixteenth day of the 73 day sabata ... [ In chewa, sabata means "week" ... and Yes, I know this is very unlikely to have Bantu provenance ]

7) "the particular fraction of the day that has past" ... ajau => 10012: 24 hours = 100012 : hence ajau = a twelfth of a day or 2 hours. As the day starts at 06:00, ajau corresponds to eight in the morning.

[ By the way ... if you put pluralize ajau you get ajau.a. This word corresponds to the time period between 08:00 and 10:00 ... ifau.a = 10:00 => 12:00 ... ibau.a = 12:00 => ... (well you get the idea)

..

Now a ombakas can be put at the periphery of a clause to identify when an action is happening. This is what they are nearly always used for. However ombakas are hardly ever given in full. For example it might be deemed sufficient just to give the time of the day. When time of the day occurs by itself it MUST be preceded by the particle .

To show "where" an action takes place, béu places before the "where".

In a similar manner, to show when an action takes place, béu places before the "when". For example ...

..

jene-s d-o-r-e ajau
Jane-ERG arrive-2SG-IND-PST at 08:00

=> Jane arrived at eight in the morning

..

Only in the situations above do you get introducing a truncated jekas.

At this point I should stress something before moving on. A full jekas defines a point in time (50 sec) apart. A jekas with ajau at its RHS spefifies a point at exactly 08:00. Similarly ajaujai specifies a point at exactly 08:10. And similarly ajaujaija specifies a point at exactly 08:10:50 (that is 50 seconds past ten minutes past eight).

The above represents points in time. As mentioned before, a range of times can be given by pluralizing the point ... that is ajau.a = 08:00 to 10:00 and ajaujai.a = 08:10 to 08:20. (ten minutes is the smallest range that can be specified in this way ... by the way 08:00 to 08:10 = ajaujua)

If a jekas is truncated by deleting the "time if day" then it actually specifies a time range (24 hours). If it is further truncated by deleting the day of the sabata then it actually specifies a time range (73 days). So to say something will be done on Tuesday ... no need for the "on". To say something will be done in January ... no need for the "on". For example ...

..

g-a-r-u geufa
do-1SG-IND-FUT on the seventh day of the month

=> I will do it on the seventh

..

tomo-s d-o-r-i geufa ajau
Thomas-ERG arrived-2SG-IND-PST on the seventh day of the month at 08:00

=> Thomas arrived on the seventh day of the month at eight in the morning

..

tomo-s c-o-r-u ?oli geufa ajaujai
Thomas-ERG leave-2SG-IND-FUT in the first month on the seventh day at ten past eight

=> Thomas will depart in the first month on the seventh day at ten past eight

..

This time system is sufficient for all of human history. Of course to talk about cosmology, or even geology, some sort of extended system is needed.

..

Relative time words and their provenance

..

So far we have learnt how to give the time in an absolute manner. Time is sometimes also given in a relative manner ...

..

jana = yesterday

heute = today

kuzaza = tomorrow

bezaza = the day after tomorrow (<= be + kuzaza)

kojana = the day before yesterday (<= ko + jana)

Three of the above have natlang provenance jana from Swahili, kuzaza from Zulu and heute from German ... and Yes, (I am aware that the german word is not pronounced heute these days ... maybe it once was.

..

TW 867.png ... TW 863.png ... TW 921.png

..

The above two wheels represent 24 hours in the béu time reckoning. A 24 hour period is called dinda and dinda is the unit of time [in the Western tradition the second is the unit of time].

The LHS wheel represents periods of time. Actually each 2 hour time period can be further subdivided into 12 periods of 10 minutes. For example aibai.a can be divided up into aibaijua aibaijau.a aibaifau.a aibaibau.a aibaigau.a aibaidau.a aibailau.a aibaicau.a aibaizau.a aibaikau.a aibaipau.a aibaitau.a . This scheme is seldom used though. By the way ... jejua => jejujua jejujau.a jejufau.a etc.

the first 10 minutes after midday is called abaijau.a.

The RHS wheel represents points of time ... jé aibai = midday : jé okai = midnight : jé jù = 6 o'clock in the morning (the start of the béu day). Only twelve points are shown, however there are actually 1728.

When ko.okai becomes bejua is unclear. A period of time that varies through-out the year is the jondia "dawn. It starts when the sun is first seen above the horizon and continues until it is clear of the horizon. This period will also vary according to position ... if you live in a deep valley jondia will come later than if you stay on the coast or on a plain. jindia is the jondia midpoint. This is a point of time.

The small wheel shows Sundown koikau and Sunrise jondia. koikau is important for spiritual observancies. These obviously vary through-out the year.

jindia is a technical term and not used a lot. It specifies when the middle of the sun clears the horizon at your particular locality. If you live in a valley this time would be of course delayed compared to your neighbours outside the valley. Trees or other man made obstructions are not taken into consideration when calculating this number.

Here are some examples of the system in use ...


g-a-r-u kolze
do-1SG-IND-FUT day

==> "I will do it during daylight hours"


tw-a-r-u ugai
2SG meet-1S-IND-FUT at 14:00

==>"I'll meet you at 2 in the afternoon"

..

garu kolze I'll do it during the day
garu noice I'll do it at night
garu goize I'll do it in the morning

.... and so on

garu jejua I'll do it between 6 and 8 in the morning
garu ajai.a I'll do it between 8 and 10 in the morning

.... and so on

gì twaru jé jù I'll meet you at 6 o'clock in the morning
gì twaru jé ezai I'll meet you at 10 o'clock at night
gì twaru jé ajaujaija I'll meet you at exactly 08:10:50 (that is 50 seconds past ten minutes past eight).

.... and so on

..

g-o-r-∅ dinda-s
do-3SG-IND-HAB "24 hours period"-ADV

==> "He/she does it daily"

..

gor kolzes He usually does it during daylight hours
gor noices She usually does it at night
gor aibai.as He usually does it in the early afternoon

.... and so on

Four of the terms in the LHS wheel have natlang provenance ...

goize (basque) : hapon (cebuano) : wece (bosnian) : noice (portuguese)

..

Also the meaning of two terms on the RHS wheel have expanded ...

aibai = noon => high point, zenith

okai = midnight => low point, nadir

..

When the 5 relative time words combine with others the relative comes first. For example ... kuzaza jejua = early morning tomorrow

..

There are also two undefined periods of time. jin and jon. jon is an order of magnitude greater than jin (but both are not rigorously defined).

jondi = now

jindi = exactly now

"longtime" súa / short-time gìa the latter giving rise to the adverb uzuas "soon"

= a time interval of 50 seconds ... I suppose it should be included when talking about daily time but it is invariably dropped. For example 8 o'clock is jé ajau not jé kí ajau.

[Note to self : talk about "the first century" = "century zero" : "the first kilometer" = "kilometer zero"]

..

dinda = day (24 hours)

Actually koikas also means 24 hours ... dinda is more technical/formal usage ... koikas is more everyday usuage. Also koikas is used only used with integers. For example ... if you were talking about the length of a year, dinda would be used as there is not an exact number of days in a year.

The béu day begins at sunrise. 6 o'clock in the morning is called jindia.

The period of time it takes the sun to appear is called jondia. This is not precisely defined. However jindia is exactly 6 o'clock in the morning.

The time of day is counted from jindia. 24 hours is considered one unit. 8 o'clock in the morning would be called ajai (usually just ajai, but ajai yanfa or ajai yanfa dinda might also be heard).

The particle is always precedes points in time. To say that an action happened for a certain length of time ... it is usual just to have the "length of time" at the end of the clause. For example ...

..

jene (liga) wore odai yanfa (dinda) = Jane thought for 5 minutes ... liga and dinda would normally be dropped ... but they don't sound strange if included.

..

6 o'clock in the morning jindia
8 o'clock in the morning ajai
10 o'clock in the morning aufai
midday aibai
2 o'clock in the afternoon ugai
4 o'clock in the afternoon idai
6 o'clock in the evening alai
8 o'clock in the evening oicai
10 o'clock at night ezai
midnight okai
2 o'clock in the morning yapai
4 o'clock in the morning watai

Just for example, let us now consider the time between 4 and 6 in the afternoon.

16:00 would be idai : 16:10 would be idaijau : 16:20 would be idaifau .... all the way up to .... 17:50 which would be idaitau

Now all these names have in common the element idai, hence the period from 4 o'clock to 6 o'clock is called idai.a (the plural of idai). This is exactly the same as us calling the period from 1960 -> 1969, "the sixties".

The period from 6 to 8 in the morning is called jùa

The period .. 3 to 6 in the morning is called diamau The period .. 6 to 9 in the morning is called diagoi The period .. 9 to midday is called XXXmau The period .. midday to 3 afternoon is called XXXgoi The period .. 3 afternoon to 6 at night is called cuamau The period .. 6 in evening to 9 is called cuagoi The period .. 9 in evening to midnight is called YYYmau The period .. midnight to 3 in morning is called YYYgoi

XXX = zenith YYY = nadir

For example "ten past six in the morning" would be jù ajau, "twenty past six" would be jù afau and so on. The should never be dropped.

In English we divide the day up into hours, minutes and seconds. In béu they only have the yanfa. The yanfa equals to 5 seconds.

..

..... The Calendar

..

TW 447.png

..

The béu calendar is interesting. Definitely interesting. A 73 day period is called a dói. 5 x 73 => 365.

The phases of the moon are totally ignored in the béu system of keeping count of the time.

The first day of the dói is nelauja followed by hija, then auja lozoja celaija and then aiva etc. etc. all the way upto kiʔoka.

The days to the right are workdays (saipito) while the days to the left are days off work (saifuje). Each month has a special festival (hinta) associated with it. These festivals are held in the three day period comprising lozoga, celaiga, helauga. The five "months" are named after the 5 planets that are visible to the naked eye. The 5 big festivals that occur every year are also named after these planets.


mercury ʔoli Month 1 doiʔoli Xmas... on 21,22,23 Dec hinʔoli
venus pwè Month 2 doipwe festival on 4,5,6 Mar himpwe
mars Month 3 doigu festival on 16,17,18 May hiŋgu
jupiter gamazu Month 4 doigamazu festival on 28,29,30 July hiŋgamazu
saturn yika Month 5 doiyika festival on 9,10,11 Oct hinyika


hinʔoli ... This is the most important festival of the year. It celebrates the starting of a fresh year. It celebrates the stop of the sun getting weaker. It is centred on the family and friends that you are living amongst. Even though eating and drinking are involved in all the five festivals, this festival has the most looked-forward-to feasts.

himpwe ... People gather at various regional centres to compete and spectate in various music and poetry competitions. Sky lanterns are usually released on the last day of this festival. On the first two days of the festival, what is called the "fire walk" is performed. This is to promote social solidarity. Each locality comprising up to 400 people build a fire in some open ground. These people are divided into 2 sections. One section to walk and one section to receive walkers. The walkers are further divided into groups. Each group is assigned another fire to visit and they set of in single file. Each of them carries a torch (a brand) ignited from the home fire. Upon arriving at the fire that they have been assigned (involving a walk of, maybe, 5 or 6 miles) they throw their brand into the fire as their hosts sing the "fire song". After that the visitors are offered much drinks and snacks by their hosts. There is considerable competition between the various localities to be the most generous host. The routes that people must go have been chosen previously by a central committee, but the destination is only revealed to the walkers just before they set out. On the second day the same thing happens but the two sections, the walkers and the receivers of the walkers, swap over rolls.

hiŋgu ... It is usual to get together with old friends around this time and many parties are held. Friends that live some distance away are given special consideration. Often journeys are undertaken to meet up with old acquainances. Also there is a big exchange of letters at this time. The most important happenings of the last year are stated in these letters along with hopes and plans for the coming year.

hiŋgamazu ... This festival is all about outdoor competitions and sporting events. It is a little like a cross between the Olympics games and the highland games. People gather at various regional centres to compete and spectate in various team and individual competitions. However care is taken that no regional centre becomes too popular and people are discouraged from competing at centres other than their local one. Also at this festival, a "fire walk" is done, just the same as at the "himpwe" festival.

hinyika ... Family that live some distance away are given special consideration. Often journeys are undertaken for family visits and ancestors ashboxes are visited if convenient. This is the second most important festival of the year. People often take extra time off work to travel, or to entertain guests. Fireworks are let of for a 2 hour period on the night of helauga. This is one of the few occasions where fireworks are allowed.

By the way, when a year changes, it doesn't change between months, it changes between lozoga and celaiga.

Every 4 years an extra day is added to the year. The doiʔoli gets a helauca.

béu also has a 128 year cycle. This circle is called ombatoze. There is a animal associated with every year of the ombatoze.

These animals are ;-

wolf weasel/ermine/stoat/mink bullfinch badger
whale opossum albatross beautiful armadillo
giant anteater lynx eagle cricket/grasshopper/locust
reindeer springbok dove gnu/wildebeest
spider Steller's sea cow seagull gorilla
horse scorpion raven/crow python
rhino yak Kookaburra porcupine ?
butterfly triceratops penguin koala
polar bear manta-ray hornbill raccoon
crocodile/alligator wolverine pelican zebra
bee warthog peacock capybara
bat bear crane/stork/heron hedgehog
frog lama woodpecker gemsbok
musk ox chameleon hawk cheetah
lion frill-necked lizard toucan okapi
dolphin aardvark ostrich T-rex
kangaroo hyena duck driprotodon(wombat)
shark cobra kingfisher gaur
dragonfly mole moa chimpanzee
turtle/tortoise N.A. bison black skimmer panda
jaguar snail cormorant/shag Cape buffalo
rabbit colossal squid vulture glyptodon/doedicurus
beetle seal falcon pangolin
megatherium woolly mammoth flamingo baboon
elk/moose squirrel blue bird of paradise lobster
tiger gecko grouse seahorse
jackal/fox octopus swan lemur
elephant swordfish parrot auroch
giraffe ant puffin iguana
mouse crab swift mongoose/meerkat
smilodon giant beaver owl mantis
camel goat hummingbird walrus

Each of these animals above is a toze, which can be translated as "token", "icon" or "totem ". omba means a circle or cycle. So you can see where the name for the 128 year period comes from.

The very last helauca of every ombatoze is dropped.

ombatoze is sometimes translated as "life", "generation" or "century"

xxx means a 4 year period. It also means "calendar".

... All the numbers

..

THE BELOW IS STILL VALID ... TOO LONG FOR MAIN PAGES

Here is a list of all the numbers ...

..

SW 016.png

SW 017.png

SW 018.png

..

Actually I don't know why I produced the above. It more or less follows what we are accustomed to in the Western Mathematical Tradition (WMT).

Ah to be living in a Universe with only 216 numbers. Such beautifull simplicity.

..

... 16 common words in a neat 4x4 matrix

..

Sixteen very common and useful little words are given in the table below ...


TW 883.png


They obviously were erosions of what were two word expressions. For example *ú pú "all people" => upu. For the indefinite particles èn and ín it appears that an inversion of normal words order has also happened. These 16 words are mandatory ... for example ... if you heard *ú pú instead of upu you would think it very very strange.

..

uda everywhere uku always upu everybody ufan everything
juda nowhere juku never jupu nobody jufan nothing
ida anywhere iku anytime ipu anybody ifan anything
eda somewhere eku sometime epu somebody efan something


Eight of sixteen have plural forms. Six of these eight give you a choice ... use a special correlative form or use a generic noun with the relevant indefinite particle. For example ...


ida anywhere iku anytime ipu anybody ifan anything
nda ín or inda any places nkyu ín or inku any times mpu ín or impu any people fanyoi ín any things
eda somewhere eku sometime epu somebody efan something
nda èn or enda some places nkyu èn or enku some times mpu èn or empu some people fanyoi èn some things


..


(Note to self : resolve the stuff below)

The columns are related to the words ... dàn = place ... kyùs = time/occasion ... fanyo = thing

upu can mean "each person" and "all the people". If they act together uwe can be added. If they act individually bajawe can be added.

..


... Classifiers

..

I once thought to have a classifier system. Classifiers are nearly always an open set. Only about half the nouns would take a classifier. The 11 below would have special status. SW 068.png

Maybe fusing with the number that modifies them.

..

... Happenings overlapping

..

I call ʔés and hogi "overlap words".

You sometimes come across them referred to as "aspectual operators" or "aspectual particles" in the Western Linguistic Tradition.

Most languages have equivalents to these two particles ...

..

English already still
German schon noch
béu ʔés hogi
French déjà encore
Mandarin yîjing hái
Dutch al nog
Russian uže eščë
Serbo-Croatian već još
Finnish jo vielä
Swedish redan än(nu)
Indonesian sudah masih

..

hogi indicates ...

1) An activity is ongoing.

2) The activity must stop some time in the future, possibly quite soon.

3) There is a certain expectation* that the activity should have stopped by now.

ʔés indicates ...

1) An activity is ongoing.

2) The activity was not ongoing some time in the past, possibly quite recently.

3) There is a certain expectation* that the activity should not have started yet.

..

* Inevitably a connotation of "contrary to expectation" will develope to a certain degree. This is because if the situation was according to expectation often nothing would need be utterred. Hence hogi and ʔés are often found in contrary to expectation situation which in turn colours their meaning.

..

SW 006.png

..

A very interesting thing about the overlap couplet is how they are negated cross-linguisticly. Either the particle can be negated or the verb can be negated. The first case I represent with a bar over the operator+verb. The second case with a bar over the verb only.


Notice ... compared to the positive case, if the operator+verb is negated ... the line that represents onset/cessation of activity is moved to the other side of the dashed line representing "now".

Notice ... compared to the positive case, if the verb is negated ... then the yellow place becomes white and the white space becomes yellow.

..

SW 007.png .... TW 996.png

..

As you see by above ... by changing whether the negator act on the operator+verb or whether only on the verb give diametrically opposite meanings.

Note that there are 4 possible negative cases to choose from and a language only needs 2. A language (to cover all negative cases) should be either "(a) (b) type" or "(c) (d) type" or " (a) (c) type" or "(b) (d) type"

Cross linguistically there are interesting variations. All Slavic languages prefer verb negation, hence they are (c) (d) types.

In German, only (a) and (c) are allowed in positive declarations.

Nahuatl has negation of the operator so is (a) (b) type.

English is a bit tricky ... it has suppletion and uses "not yet" for situation (c) and "no longer" for situation (d). Now in English "yet" means pretty much the same as "still". I believe "yet" was the original particle but "still" over time largely usurped it in the positive case. However the form "not yet" ... if taken at face value would seem to negate the operator. But it doesn't. Logically it would make more sense if we said "yet not" instead of "not yet" [i.e. we have situation (c) rather than (b)]. I am sure there is a perfectly good explanation for this reversal but unfortunately I do not know it ... anyway ... nothing to worry about too much. [ The form "not work yet" seems more logical in its word order ... how can "not" in "not yet work" have "work" under its scope but not "yet" ... but apparently that is the way it works ]

In béu, negates the whole clause and simply negates the following word. In béu to negate a clause containing hogi or ?és, is always inserted immediately before the verb. It can be seen that it patterns with the Slavic languages.

..

hogi kod-a-r-a dían
still work-1SG-IND-PRES here

==> I am still working here


ʔés kod-a-r-a dían
already work-1SG-IND-PRES here

==> I already work here


hogi kod-a-r-a dían
still not work-1SG-IND-PRES here

==> I don't work here yet


ʔés kod-a-r-a dían
already not work-1SG-IND-PRES here

==> I no longer work here

..

These operators are usually used to specify overlap with present time ... (I call the present time, NOW, in the diagrams). I would think this is true of every language (notice that the above examples the tense is always -a). However it is a trivial matter to reference the time of onset/cessation of activity to a different time ... you just change the tense.

..

... Non-zero reference time

..

If the reference time is not NOW, we have an overlap-word clause, non-zero reference time.

The example below has a refernce time in the past. This is shown by having verb in the past tense. (Note to specify tense, person must first be specified ... I went for 3SG)

..

SW 003.png

..

To have the reference time in the future, simply put the future tense on the verb.

Now when you have a reference time other than NOW, this reference time must be already understood by all or it must be explicitly stated. For example ...

ʔès kod-o-r-i dían kyù baba ò dai-o-r-i
already work-3SG-IND-PAST here when his father die-3SG-IND-PAST

==> He was already working here when his father died

..

In the above examples, the reference times are not NOW but are specified by another action (or state).

..

... When the overlap is specified

..

Sometimes the time of overlap between the reference time and the onset/cessation of activity is specified. I call this an overlap clause with absolutely specified overlap time.

By the way ... overlap clause, specified overlap time and a plain overlap clause have significantly different meaning ... ʔès and ʔàn clause are focused on the present time ... if an "offset time" is added then we focus on a period of past time extending into the present or a period of time extending from the present into the future. For example ...


ʔàn kod-a-r-u dían áus euca yìa
yet work-1SG-IND-FUT here period seven year

==> I will work here for seven more years


ʔès kod-a-r-a dían áus euca yìa
already work-1SG-IND-FUT here period seven year

==> I have worked here for seven years


Note ... If I wanted to give logical symmetry to the two case I could have used the present tense (kodara) for both. However the human mind treats past time and future time very different ... the future action is uncertain.

I thought this difference in treatment should be reflected in the grammar ... as in fact it is in most natural languages ... so ʔàn kodaru dían euca yìa instead of ʔàn kodara dían euca yìa

..

Negating the above

..

Now we have already said that béu is basically an (a) (b) type language.

However if we have a specified offset time it becomes (c) (d) type.

The negator used in this case is rather than .

To explain the reason for this .... well take the case of the English sentence ... "I have worked here for seven years" [ ʔàn kodara dían euca yìa ]

Now if we negate the English we get "I have not worked here for seven years"

However this is ambiguous ... does it mean "I have been idol for seven years" or "I have worked for a period of time different from seven years"

béu avoids this ambiguity by using the negative operator which only negates the element immediately following. So ...

"I have been idol for seven years" => ʔàn jù kodara dían euca yìa

"I have worked for a period of time different from seven years" => ʔàn kodara dían jù euca yìa

..

SW 004.png

SW 005.png

..

Note : the bottom left one is ?àn jù kodara euca yìa rather than *?ès jù kodara euca yìa

THIS IS BECAUSE ?


The rule is that is not allowed in a clause that has ʔès/ʔàn and an "specified offset time".

Note ... in English, one of the functions of the perfect is to indicate that an action started sometime in the past and is still going on. For example ... "I have worked here for seven years". In béu this is indicated by ʔès ...

..

While we are discussing this area I really should mention the béu non-overlap clause with duration and present tense.

If a time period is mentioned with a verb in béu the time period denote how long the activity went on for ... the duration of the activity (the duration usually follows the verb and no preposition ... like "for" ... is needed). However if ʔès/ʔàn are in the clause, the time period mentioned refers not to duration but to overlap. In this section we only talk about clauses with duration.

For the i, e and u tenses these constructions are self explanatory. For example ...


kod-a-r-i dían áus euca yìa
work-1SG-IND-PAST here period seven year

==> I worked here for seven years (but I no longer work here).


However duration along with a present tense is worth mentioning.


kod-a-r-a dían euca yìa
work-1SG-IND-PRES here seven year

==> I will working here for seven years in total ............. I think this is disallowed


In the above example ... we are told that the total work period is seven years, but we get no information about how far we are through this seven year period. One doesn't hear this construction (present tense along with a time period) that often, but when you do hear it, its meaning is quite clear.

..

PS ... If you want to know more about aspect operators "The Meaning of Focus Particles" by Ekkehard König is the book for you.

..

... Restrictions

..

Let us discuss restrictions on these particles for a moment. Three rules to remember ...

1) lói and màs can co-exist with any particles from slot 2.

2) lói and màs can co-exist with from slot 3 but not with .

3) No particles from slot 2 can co-exist with .

4) Only ?àn and ?ès from slot 2 can co-exits with .

..

One usage of (slot 3) is mentioned above. Another usage is in certain SCV's. For example "listen not hear" ... "look not see" ... "try not succeed" where replaces the normal between the verbs.

[ ANY OTHER USAGE ? ]

..

..... Numbers

..

The standard set comprises of the numbers from 1 to 172710 (which is 1 to 100012 in base twelve). Every number in the standard set has a unique form.

Five random numbers are given below to demonstrate ...

oila = 6
eucaifa = 7212
odauba = 50312
odaugaiba = 54312
oilaugai = 64012

..

And below is how these numbers are written within a body of text.

..

TW 366.png

Within a body of text ("textblock" from now on) a number written vertically and is headed up by a special three sided bracket. The only use of this bracket is to indicate a number within a textblock.

Below this bracket, the number is written with a letter representing each digit of the number

Under the bracket the number is written using a letter symbol.

letter digit ..... letter digit ..... letter digit
J => 1 D => 5 K => 9
F => 2 L => 6 P => 10
B => 3 C => 7 T => 11
G => 4 S => 8

You can see that base 12 is being used. (just for explanatory purposes I will use "T" for 10 and "E" for 11)

More or less the same symbols is used for the number digit as for the letter. They take their initial, medial or final form, depending on whether the are the first, second or third number of the three digit group. táu ʔusʔa is used for inserting zeroes. táu ʔusʔa is never pronounced, it is only a place holder as number magnitude depends on position.

Although there is a unique word for 1727 numbers, it is not necessary to memorize 1727 unique forms. The 1727 numbers are built up from smaller elements. These elements are shown below ...

..

10012 = ajau 1012 = ajai one = aja
20012 = ifau 2012 = ifai two = ifa
30012 = ubau 3012 = ubai three = uba
40012 = egau 4012 = egai four = ega
50012 = odau 5012 = odai five = oda
60012 = oilau 6012 = oilai six = oila
70012 = eucau 7012 = eucai seven = euca
80012 = aizau 8012 = aizai eight = aiza
90012 = aukau 9012 = aukai nine = auka
T0012 = yapau T012 = yapai T = yapa
E0012 = watau E012 = watai E = wata

..

To construct a number from the above ...

1) Select which elements you need. For example, for 54312, you will need the elements odau + egai + uba

2) If the element is non-initial, delete the initial vowel of the element => odau + gai + ba ... (note that ya and wa were originally ia and ua ... they should be deleted)

3) Join the elements up => odaugaiba

..

There is a soecial form for 1, 2 and 3 ... aja, ifa and uba, while used for building up larger numbers, are never used by themselves when qualifying animate things. Instead we use ...

..

ʔà one
hói two
léu three

..

ʔà along with its plural form ʔài are also used to code indefiniteness ???

..

Numbers are never written out in full. Always the method given above is used. It is as if in a body of English text you never came across the "seven" but only "7".

..

Note ... If you had a leading zero you would use the word . 007 would be jù jù euca (three words). To deal with a telephone number, you would lump the numbers in threes (any leading zero or zeroes by themselves though) and outspeak the numbers. If you were left with a single digit (say 4) it would be pronounced egau. If you were to pronounce it ega, it would of course mean 004. Also you would probably add the particle at the end.

..

... Ordinal numbers

..

With fractions, cardinal numbers and numbers denoting group size, there is the choice of writing 7th or seventh. That is you can either use the symbols given below or you can write out in full ... in this example dega, lega and egan.

..

TW 809.png

..

If an ordinal number within a NP specified it is just the bare number inserted in the adjective slot. For example ...

bàu léu = the third man

If the ordinal number appears outside a NP its form is as follows ...

..

one --- da?a first --- laja whole --- ajan a unit --- ajas once
hói two dahoi second lifa a half ifan a double ifas twice
léu three daleu third luba a third uban a treble ubas thrice
ega four dega fourth lega a quarter egan a quartet egas four times
oda five doda fifth loda a fifth odan a fivesome odas five times
oila six --- doila sixth --- loila a sixth --- oilan a sextet --- oilas six times

..

Probably a contraction of dà oda ... "place five" ... for example ...

dahoi r jene or jene r dahoi = "second is Jane" or "in second place is Jane" or "Jane is second" or "Jane is in second place"

..

An -n can also be affixed to make it more definite (that is saidau => saidaun) ...

dahoin rò jene or jene r dahoin = "the second one is Jane" or "Jane is the second one"

..

... Numbers ... (the extended set)

..

So far we have covered the standard set (1 -> 1727). To expand this into "the extended set" we use "magnitude" words. There are seven of these.

..

TW 768.png

..

The first column gives the magnitude symbol, the second ... how the symbol is pronounced, the third ... the meaning*, and the last ... the magnifier that the symbol represents.

Two of the magnitude words have been eroded from the original aninal name, 100012 is now represented by rather than the original wúa and 1/100012 is now represented by yàn rather than the original yanfa.

.* Yes all the magnitude words double up as animal names. But actually this never causes any problem. If you hear huŋgu huŋgu you know it means "5,159,780,352 Swans" ... there is no ambiguity.

To demonstrate the use of the magnitude words, let's take a long number ... 1,206,8E3,051.58T,630,559

Which is written as ...

TW 372.png

and pronounced as ... aja huŋgu ifaula nàin aizautaiba wú odaija ʔomba odauzaipa yàn oilaubai mulu odaudaika ʔiwetu dù

You can see that the digits are still grouped into bunches of three. Within the triplets, leading zeros can be dropped ... giving doublets or even singletons.

All the magnitude words are spoken out. Notice the final . This means "exactly". You usually add this when pronouncing numbers from the extended set.

Now when numbers of the extended set are used to qualify a noun they are placed after that noun with the partitive particle làu between the number and the noun. For example ...

3,05112 elephants = sadu làu uba wú odaija ............ Note ... the singular form of senko always used when quantity is given by this method.

Also if fractions or indeed any non-integer number is used, it must be applied using làu. However non-integer things are likely to be olus and we have already degreed that olus quantifiers are partitive measure phrases.

When you write an extended set number, you must finish the number off with a bracket. (in contrast the final bracket is never used if the number is from the standard set)

Anyway ... the above is only an example. You are unlikely to find something with so big a dynamic range within a textblock.

Below are examples of numbers which you would more typically find in a text block ...

TW 374.png

Pronounced uba wú odaija dù and odaija ʔomba odauzai respectively.

(a) uba wú odaija dù is an whole number.

odaija ʔomba odauzai is not a whole number. Notice that the 4 versions of odaija ʔomba odauzai have been given different kinds of final brackets.

(b) This one shows that 51.5812 is an approximation to the actual value. cedua odaija ʔomba odauzai

(c) This one shows that 51.5812 has been rounded down. That is .. if A = "actual value", then 51.59 =< A =< 51.58. This is pronounced odaija ʔomba odauzai laila gòi

(d) This one shows that 51.5812 has been rounded up. That is .... if A = "actual value", then 51.58 =< A =< 51.57. This is pronounced odaija ʔomba odauzai laila máu

(e) This one shows that 51.5812 has been rounded up or down to the nearest digit. That is .... if A = "actual value", then 51.585 =< A =< 51.575. This is pronounced odaija ʔomba odauzai laila

..

and daula ( plus ? plus ? plus ?) as well as giving information about the accuracy of the number, also lets the listener know that the speaker has finished.

..

... Numbers ... (free form + plus mathematical notation)

..

The numbers considered above were all in what is called "block form". That is ... the form they appear as within a body of text. There is also a way to write numbers when they are not inside a text block. That would happen on a page given over to mathematical formula. In this environment the numbers are written horizontally ... from left to right. There are some slight differences between the free form version of the numbers and the block form versions. The free form version of the numbers are ...

TW 361.png

As with the block form, they always occur in triplets. However their form doesn't vary depending on which one of the triplets the character is ... the digits are always exactly the same. There is a special egg-shape symbol for zero (actually called táu kyái, where kyái means "egg"). In free form it is not permitted to drop leading zero's ... well not triplet leading zero's, word leading zero's can of course be dropped.

Below is how the five numbers given previously appear in free form ...

TW 363.png

And that long number mentioned in the previous section (a number from the extended set) ...

TW 373.png

It is, of course, pronounced exactly as the block form number. That is ... aja huŋgu ifaula nàin aizautaiba wú odaija ʔomba odauzaipa yàn oilaubai mulu odaudaika ʔiwetu dù

..

Below are some more symbols used in mathematics. These would appear in a free form page (or part of a page).

..

TW 360.png

..

The top 3 symbols in the leftmost column designate "operations". These modify a number and are placed immediately left of the number they modify. If a number has more than one operator they come in the order "minus sign", then "i", then the inverse ("1/x") symbol.

..

And below is a few examples of equations written in this notation.

..

TW 362.png

..

..... The perfect versus "already"

WELL NOW I HAVE gwò AND ?ès occurring in the same slot. Now they can not co-exist. So I don't have to worry about the below ...

..

In English the perfect and "already" in many situation impart the same meaning to a clause. For example ...

1) She has gone to town ................ could have the experiential meaning.

2) She went to town already ......... no current relevance implied

3) She has already gone to town ... the addition of "already" brings us to the-here-and-now.

(Note to self ... think about this a bit more ... maybe the choice of verb "go" was infelicious ... whoever witnesses that as a complete event ??)

In béu ʔès and the perfect marker gwò can not be used together. They are two completely different things. For example ...

..

TW 994.png

..

1) When you use ʔès (or ʔàn) you are concerned about the onset/cessation of an event ... probably in the recent past or near future.

2) When you use the perfect aspect you are concerned about the state of the subject (A or S) which has resulted from some event that might be quite far in the past ... impinging on this is a stong "experential" connotation. For example ... if John has read a book on geometry, you can assume he has some knowledge of this subject. If he has been to London, you can assume he has many sounds and sights of London stored away in his memory.

The meaning imparted by -gwò is ...

a) The action is completed (some languages don't have a "perfect" but show "incompleted action" by having the "O" arguments in the partitive case). This is the base meaning of the perfect. In fact many perfect markers are derived from grammaticizing some word that means "finish".

b) There are "present consequences" to the action. This comes about because in most situations which are given a perfect marker THERE ARE "present consequences". Hence "present consequences" come to see associated with the perfect marker (a very simple process but behind all instances of grammaticization).

c) The subject has done the "action" once hence he has experienced the action and everything it involves.

..

-gwò is used if the action is short compared to the total time frame being considered.

?ès is used if the action is long compared to the total time frame being considered. This is the same thing as saying that the action extends into NOW or into some other reference time.

..

..... IA and UA

..

ìa to finish, to complete
úa to run out, to be exhausted, to be used up

..

The first one being a transitive verb and the second one an intransitive verb.

Two fundamental concepts ... needed ever since humans started doing complex tasks and since humans started storing stuff for later use.

These two, as well as appearing in their r-form also appear as particles which can be analized as verbs of a verb chains. Their forms are slightly irregular, but could be imagined as the i-form that ìa would take and could be imagined as thei-form that úa would take.

I finished building the house => tìa yə bundari

She finished off the cake => kekeu wə flori

Notice that in the first example the object is fully formed after the action hence . In the second example the object has fully disappeared after the action hence .

In some situations, either or would be appropriate.

For example "I finished writing the book" ... here the "pages to be read" have disappeared, but the "read pages" are at a maximum.

toili yə kludar = I have finished writing the book : toili yə kludar = I had finished writing the book

[Note to self, should we have a sex distinction here, with males using and females using . ]


Actually ... what would actually constitite the O argument of ìa is worth discussing.

There is always some underlying verb being referenced by ìa even though it is not expressed.

tìa ia.iri @ = have you finished the house ? ... here the underlying verb is bunda "to build"

And as another example ...

kekeu ia.iri ?ai? = have you finished the cake ? ... actually here we have two possible underlying verbs : gàu "to make" or flò "to eat" ... the one which is appropriate would be known from the background knowledge of the situation.

You could analyse ìa as

1) Always having a complement clause as O argument (with the maŋɡa usually dropped because it is so predictable.

2) Sometimes having a noun as O argument, and sometimes having a complement clause as O argument.

If analysis (1) is accepted, then ìa is the only verb that doesn't ... sometimes ... take a noun as its O argument.

Using R.M.W. Dixon's terminology ... ìa would be the only SECONDARY VERB* in the language of béu.

Actually in this case I think there is no benefit in analyzing ìa as (1) or (2). I know this leaves things a bit messy ... i.e. "pehaps there is only one SECONDARY VERB in béu. But one of the characteristics of natlangs is that they ARE messy. Think of ìa as my tribute to the messiness of natural languages :-)

[ As there is no benefit in analyzing an electron as either a particle alone or a wave alone. I find it a bit baffling to hear linguists arguing at length over ... say ... what is the "head" of a prepositional phrase is. "head" is just a construct to make it easy for linguists to talk about languages ... unfortunately it is part of the human psyche to believe that if you have a name for something, then that something must exist ... but I am digressing a bit here. ]

* This term is explained in "Complementation, a cross-linguistic typology" by Dixon and Aikhenvald.

..

... Two old participle

..

í and appear often in conjunction with manga

These constructions act as adjectives. Along with , they differs from all other pilamo in that, with a manga, they never stands alone. For example ...

sòr kludaun = He/she is about to write

sòr kludaufi = He/she has just written

sòr kludaun toili = He/she is about to write a book .......................... *sòr í kludau toili

sòr kludaufi toili = He/she has just written a book .......................... *sòr fì kludau toili

bàu timpafi glá = The/a man who has just hit the/a woman .......... *bàu fì timpa glá

bàu timpan glá = The/a man just about to hit the/a woman .......... *bàu í timpa glá

toili jwoifi kludau = The/a book that has just been written ............ *toili fì jwòi kludau

*toili jwòin kludau = The/a book that is just about to be written ... *toili í jwòi kludau

These can be called the present+ participle and the present- participle.

..

... Old perfect

..

This slot can have the "perfect aspect marker" or it can be empty.

..

The perfect tense, logically doesn't differ that much difference from the past tense,. but it is emphasizing a state rather than an action. It represents the state at the time of speaking as the outcome of past events. We have this aspect in English and it is realized as "have -en".

For example if you wanted to talk to John and you went to his office, his secretary might say "he has gone to lunch, this emphasizes the absence of John as opposed to "he went for lunch". The latter is just an action that happened in the past, the former is a present state brought about by a past action.

For another example ... "she read the book on geometry"

This doesn't specify whether she read it all the way thru or whether she just read a bit of it. Whereas ...

"she has read the book on geometry", implies she read the book all the way thru, but more importantly the connotation is that at the present time she has knowledge of geometry.

The total verb suffix system is given below.

..

TW 968.png

..

The aortist tense can not occur with the perfect. It may appear that it does though. This is because the a of the present tense is dropped if is appended directly on to it. So ...

doikora = He is walking

doikoras = The say he is walking

doikoran = I guess he is walking

doikorjə = He has walked ... or to be more specific ... "from the beginning of time until now he has walked at least once"

doikorazjə = They say he has walked

doikoranjə = I guess he has walked

The perfect marker - was probably derived from "to finish/to complete" in its verb chain form. The perfect aspect occurs in roughly half of the languages of the world ... http://wals.info/chapter/68

..

... Old, old stuff

1 wepua

2 mazeba .......................... and 2 demonstratives

3 plova ......... participles ........ ʔinʔanandau or whatever words

4 teŋko ........ evidentials ........ relativizers or ʔasemo-marker

5 seŋgeba ..... modals ..... and 5 specifyana

6 ʔanandau ... question words

7 cenʔo ......... subject marked on the verb

9 ??? .............. personal pronouns

12 pilana (noun cases),

15 "specified"

16 gwoma (tense/aspect verbal affixes).

best to have 10 ??? conjunctions ???


... This material goes back a long way ... to the time I was thinking of making the passive with an aw infix

..

The three types of Verb

..

Some concepts are naturally intransitive. Like "to shave". Well at least in béu it is very unusual to shave another.

Some concepts are naturally transitive. Like "to hit". It is worth remarking on when somebody hits themselves.

And there are also some concepts that appear in both manifestations. For example ... "turn", "spread", "rise/raise"

These three types of concept are represented in beu by three different types of verb.

V1) = to come ... this is a intransitive verb

(Always accompanied by a naked noun)

V2) timpa = to hit ... this is a transitive verb

(Always accompanied by an s-marked noun and a* naked noun)

*Although sometimes the naked noun can be dropped for lack of interest. For example ...

jenes solbori = Jane drank (something)

V3) kwèu = to turn

Now this sometimes behaves like V1 and sometimes like V2.

..

A .. V1 Derivations

..

There are 5 deriuvation processes shown below ...

First from doika => doikaya This involves infixing ay before the final vowel.

Secondly from doika => doikana and doikaya => doikayana.

This involves deleting the final vowel and adding ana.

Thirdly from doika => doikala and doikaya => doikayala.

This involves deleting the second part of the final vowel if it is a diphthong, and then adding la.

Fourthly from doikaya => doikaiwai.

This involves deleting the final vowel and y and adding iwai.

Fifthly from doikaya => doikaiwau.

This involves deleting the final vowel and y and adding iwau.

..

doskania <============ doskan ============> doskanua
"which has been melted" (A) "to melt" (transitive) "which must be melted" (A)
^
|
|
doska <============ doska ============> doskal
"which melts" "to melt" (intransitive) "melting" (A)

..

B .. V2 Derivations

..

There are 5 deriuvation processes shown below ...

First from kludau => kludawau This involves infixing aw before the final vowel.

Secondly from kludau => kludana and kludawau => kludawana.

This involves deleting the final vowel and adding ana.

Thirdly from kludau => kludala and kludawau => kludawala.

This involves deleting the second part of the final vowel if it is a diphthong, and then adding la.

Fourthly from kludau => kludwai.

This involves deleting the final vowel and adding wai.

Fifthly from kludau => kludwau.

This involves deleting the final vowel and adding wau.

..

kludawana <============ kludawau ============> kludawala
"computer memory" (N) "to be written" (V2) "being written" (A)
^
|
|
kludana <============ kludau ============> kludala
"writer" (N) "to write" (V1) "writing" (A)
kludwai kludwau
"written" (A/N) "which must be written" (A/N)

..

kludwai is the passive past participle, and kludwau is the passive future participle.

..

Note that we have 8 word forms in total.

..

C .. V3 Derivations

..

haikana <============ haika ============> haikala
"breaker" (N) "to break" (V3a) "breaking" (A)
haikwai haikwau
"broken" (A/N) "that which must be broken" (A/N)

..

Note ... haikwai could very well have broken by itself. There is no connotation that an outside agent was responsible. The same with haikwau.

..

heukana <============ heuka ============> heukala
"breaker" (N) "to break" (V3b) "breaking" (A)

..

There are 4 derivational processes involved with V3a and 2 derivational processes involved with V3b. They have been already been explained in the sections on V1 and V2.

Note that we have 8 word forms in total.

= to see

kowa = to be seen

The subject of the active clause, can be included in the passive clause as an afterthought if required. is a normal noun meaning "source". However it also acts as a particle (prefix) which introduces the agent in a passive clause.


poʔau = to cook


..

When the final consonant is w y h or ʔ the passive is formed by suffixing -wa

In monosyllabic words, it is formed by suffixing -wa.

Note ... when wa is added to a word ending in au or eu, the final u is deleted.

Also note ... these operations can make consonant clusters which are not allowed in the base words. For example, in a root word -mpw- would not be allowed ( Chapter 1, Consonant clusters, Word medial)

..

... Valency ... 1 => 2

..

Now all verbs that can take an ergative argument can undergo the 2=>1 transformation.

There also exists in béu a 1=>2 transformation. However this transformation can only be applied to a handful of verbs. Namely ...


ʔoime to be happy, happyness ʔoimora he is happy ʔoimye to make happy ʔoimyana pleasant
heuno to be sad/sadness heunora she's sad heunyo to make sad heunyana depressing
taudu to be annoyed taudora he is annoyed tauju to annoy taujana annoying
swú to be scared, fear swora she is afraid swuya to scare swuyana frightening, scary
canti to be angry, anger cantora he is angry canci to make angry cancana really annoying
yodi to be horny, lust yodora she is horny yoji to make horny yojana sexy, hot
gái to ache, pain gayora he hurts gaya to hurt (something) gayana painful *
gwibe to be ashamed/shame/shyness gwibora she is ashamed/shy gwibye to embarrass gwibyana embarrassing
doimoi to be anxious, anxiety doimora he is anxious doimyoi to cause anxiety, to make anxious doimyana worrying
ʔica to be jealous, jealousy ʔicora she is jealous ʔicaya to make jealous ʔicayana causing jealousy


ʔoimor would mean "he is happy by nature". All the above words take this sense when the "a" of the present tense is dropped.

The above words are all about internal feelings.

The third column gives a transitive infinitive (derived from the column two entry by infixing a -y- before the final vowel).

The fourth column gives an adjective of the transitive verb (derived from column three entry by affixing a -ana ... the active participle).

When the final consonant is ʔ j c w or h the causative is formed by suffixing -ya.

Also when the verb is a monosyllable, the causative is formed by suffixing -ya.

Note ... when ya is added to a word ending in ai or oi, the final i is deleted.

Note ... when y is infixed behind t and d : ty => c and dy => j

..

Normally in béu, to make a nominally intransitive verb transitive, it doesn't need the infixing of -y. All it needs is the appearance of an ergative argument. For example ...

doika = to walk

doikor = he walks

doikanor the pulp mill = he runs the pulp mill

doikandoi = management

..

*You would describe a gallstone as gayana. However you would describe your leg as gaila (well provided you didn't have a chronic condition with your leg)

..

................... To be looked into


The words kyò "show" and fyá "tell" follow the same pattern as 1) and 2) ... at least when the object is a noun and not a complement clause.


helga = life, helgai = alive, helgais = finite verb (i.e. the one that is alive), helkas = a clause (helkas <= helgaiskas ), swefan = a sentence


In béu we have live clauses and dead clause.

The head of a live clause is a verb in its declarative form.

The head of a dead clause is a verb in its declarative form.

A live clause has its main elements in any order, the S term is marked as the ergative. The A and O terms are unmarked.

A dead clause has word order VS or VAO, the O term being marked as the dative. The A and S terms are unmarked.


If the subjects (that is S or A) of two clauses are different then they can be conjoined timewise by using one of the above stand-alone particles. For example ...

1) jenes bwori jono ʔéu jonos fori tìa tí = Jane saw John as he was leaving his house.

Also ... as in English we can have the two clauses in the other order ...

2) ʔéu jonos fori tìa tí_jenes bwori ò = As John was leaving his house, Jane saw him

Notice that in this sentence, the second jono has been replaced by the pronoun ò ... in actual fact ... in 1) the chances are that jonos would be replaced by ós ... but this makes the sentence ambiguous.

John whistled as he left his house = jono wizori ʔéu ò fori tìa tí = *jono wizori ʔéu féu í tìa tí

---

Now if the subjects of two clauses are the same, one of the clauses can becomes a dead clause. Only a very short and simple clause can become a dead clause ... both ...


A) Any time,place or manner adjuncts will stop a clause collapsing to a dead clause.

B) An O argument that is longer than a single word.


When the above requirements are met ....

A) S or A is dropped completely.

B) The linker word is appended to the infinitive.

C) if there is an O it immediately follows the infinitive and has the dative marker -n affixed.

..

1) S while S ................... jono wizori ʔéu ò huzori ... (pronoun used in second clause) => jono wizori huzuaspi = John whistled while smoking

2) A/O while A/O ..... jonos timpori jene ʔéu ós huzori ʃiga ... (pronoun used in second clause) => jonos timpori jene pi huzuas ʃigan ... (must drop A, the linker must be appended to the infinitive. O must be a single word)

3) A O while S .......... jonos timpori jene ʔéu ò huzori ... (pronoun used in second clause)

=> jonos timpori jene huzuaʔeu ... (must drop S, the linker must be appended to the infinitive)

4) S while A O ........... jono huzori ʔéu ós timpori jene .... (pronoun used in second clause)

=> jono huzori timpaʔeu jenen .... (must drop A, the linker must be appended to the infinitive. O must be a single word)

John left his house whistling = Jonos fori tìa tí ʔéu wiʒia

wiʒia = to whistle

koʔia = to cough

huzua = to smoke


TO THINK ABOUT


Now we have said before that béu has free word order, however this really only applies to the verb in r-form (R) and the S argument in an intransitive clause, and the R, A and O in a transitive clause. When you have a verb in gomia-form (G), in the subjunctive form (Sub) or in the imperative form (Imp), you must have these elements in the following order ;-

S G : S Sub ... the last of these (S -S ) is quite unusual. Maybe can have S I ... but then S must be in vocative case

A G O : A Sub O : Imp O ... expand this and make it look good. Maybe can have A I O ... but then A must be in vocative case


In the béu linguistic tradition, a clause that has one R verb in it, or one N verb, or one I verb is called aʒiŋko baga or a simple clause. Any clause that has an R verb plus an G or N, verb is called a aʒiŋko kaza or a complex clause.

To think about ..........

Further uses of the s-form of the verb. That is the subjunctive.

Also used in dependent clauses with the meaning ...

that xxx should yyy.

Used after "want/hope/believe ?" if the subject is different. If subject is the same then the verb is in the gomia form.


hear, see, think, like, remember, know, believe | use tà + full verb with FACT complements.

hear, see, like, remember | use gomia with ACTION complements (English would use "-ing")

Sometimes when English would use the "to" construction, béu would use the -u participle | remember

Some rubbish ........

gwói = to jump (involuntarily), to give a start

gwóin = to make somebody jump, to give somebody a start

doika = walk

doikan = to manage, to run ......... doikandoii = "the management" or "the managers"

poma = leg

poman = to kick, pomanari = I kicked

pomaswan = liable to kick, fond of kicking

pomonda = good to kick

klonda = worth seeing

To fix up this bit.....Of course we can make two clauses, and have the second clause one element inside the first clause. To do that you must use the particle . Equivalent to one of the uses of "that" in English. basically tells you that the following clause should be treated like a single element, like a single noun.

I should mention sá tà ...


solbe = to drink

heŋgo = to live (or it could mean "a life")

soŋkau = to die (or it could mean "death")

glabu = person

moze = water

moʒi = steam

heŋgola = alive, living

soŋki = dead

..

... Two quotative verbs

..

béu has two quotative verbs ... swé and aika. What I mean by the term "quotative verb"is a verb which must* be accompanied by a string of direct speach ["sods" from now on]

swé = "say" and aika = ask .... ( that is to ask for information, to request something (to ask for) has a completely different root ... namely tama )

I guess it is intransitive because the speaker never takes the ergative ending "s". The spoken to (if mentioned) takes the dative ending "n".

[Some people would like to argue as to whether "sods" = an object or whether "sods" = a complement clause. I think this is not worth arguing about. It is similar to arguing about how many angels can stand on the end of a needle. ]

There is an ordering restrictions for a clause formed around a quotative verb ... the "sods" must appear adjacent to swé or aika. It doesn't matter which comes first but they must be adjacent ... normally both elements are pronounced in the same intonation contour. A second restriction is that there must be a pause at the other end of the "sods" ... the opposite end from the quotative verb. For example ...

John said "Ai ... go away" => jono swori aiʔdo ... ojo where aiʔdo is an interjection expressing frustration and ojo is quite a rough way to say "go away".

This can also be expressed as aiʔdo ... ojo swori jono or jono ... aiʔdo ... ojo swori or even swori aiʔdo ... ojo ... jono. The first two patterns are the most common followed by the third pattern and the fourth a distant last. Notice that the "sods" that I chose for demonstration purposes entails an internal pause.

If we introduced a dative element ...

John said to Jane "Ai ... go away" => jono jenen swori aiʔdo ... ojo

The above would be the most common ordering of constituents ... but again quite a bit of freedom with respect to word ordering.

The "sods" can be quite lengthy ... 2 or 3 or 4 clauses and follows as near as possible the speach pattern of the original speaker.

The béu orthography is a bit quirky when it comes to quotative verbs. In CH 1.8 we briefly mentioned the deupa. These are actually used to bracket any "sods". Also it is common to drop the actual quotative verb. (well after the time setting of the speach act(s) are revealed anyway). For example ...

TW 746.png

The first one is graphically jono [ aiʔdo ... ojo ] ... (for an explanation of the graffic form of the interjection aiʔdo, look back to CH 1.2)

The second one is graphically jono [ bàu nái ]

These would be read as jono swori aiʔdo ... ojo and jono aikori bàu nái (John asked "which man")

But how do we know that swé should be associated with one and aika to the other ? Simple ... if you have a question word within the deupa then you know you should pronounce aika ... if not you pronounce swé. We have encountered these question words already in CH 2.10. There are ten of them but the first two have two forms. Here they are again ...

..

nén nós what
mín mís who
láu "how much/many"
kái "what kind of"
where
kyú when
sái why
nái which
ʔai? "solicits a yes/no response"
ʔala which of two

..

The only time that you hear these ten words and you are NOT being asked a question is when these words are in the same intonation contour as the verb "aika" in one of its forms.

The only time that you see these ten words and you are NOT being asked a question is when these words are sandwiched between two deumai.

This is quite a bit different from English where question words have been appropriated to function as relativizers, complementizers and what have you (heads of free relative clauses).

In the above ... when pronouncing words ... swé or aika is inserted where the first bracket appears. It could equally well be that swé or aika is inserted where the second bracket appears. It is deemed to not really matter that much. However in carefull writting the proper position of the quotative verb can be indicated. For example ...

TW 747.png

In the above a pause (gap) is visible just above the top deupa. From that it is logical to deduce that swé or aika should be inserted after the "sods". (from the word order and intonation rules given earlier). But most of the time ... when reading out loud ... people do not take much heed to whether the quotative verb is placed over the deupa damau or the deupa dagoi.

In a textblock, which you have a lot of dialogue it is common to colour code the "sods" with respect to the speaker. For example ...


TW 278.png Shown in better detail => TW 750.png


When this happens the deupa has no gold filling. It could be possible to drop the speakers name also once the colour coding scheme is established. This really depends upon how much dialogue is involved. Maybe each speaker would be mentioned again at the start of every textblock ... just to keep the protagonist <=> colour mapping alive in the readers mind.

..

* In the very first sentence of this section I said that "quotative verb"is a verb which must be accompanied by a "sods" ... not quite true. The determiners and can take the place of a "sods". In these constructions refers to a "sods" that will be revealed imminently ... refers to a "sods" that was spoken in the past.

If Jane pronounces an opinion about something ... if John had pronounced roughly similar in the past ... it would be fitting to say jono swori dè.

If you are about to replay some utterance by John on a voice file, it would be appropriate to say jono swori dí just before playing the voice file.

..

IMPORTANT ... The only time you hear direct speech is when swé or aika is present in one of its forms.

..

... jía expressing the conditional

..

jía has three functions.

..

TW 904.png

Also it has two shorthand forms ... the only word in the language to be so honoured. The leftmost word is never used. The => character used for the second function. The remaining character used for functions 1 and 3.

..

1) In most languages you can drop certain components if they are obvious from context. And when you do the remaining utterance stays unchanged. However béu does not work like that*. We saw in the previous section that the particles used to show cause/reason are different, depending upon whether they are followed by a simple noun or by a clause. The same happens when we are making a statement by way of comparison. For example ...

..

Thomas thinks as fast as John => tomo wòr saco làu jono

Now obviously "John thinks" is underlying here. However if you want to make "John thinks" overt you must change làu to jía ...

Thomas thinks as fast as John thinks => tomo wòr saco jía jono wòr

Notice that English patterns the same way for both the above examples.

..

2) In English we have the verb "to equal" ... it bit of a strange verb. Almost exclusively found in a mathematical setting. (The adjective "equal" has the same form as the verb "to equal" .. but anyway ... )

The béu particle jía is used in most situations where we find the English verb "to equal". In a setting such as 2+3=5 ... well there are no need for tense or aspect ... we are talking about a timeless truth. Also no need for person affixes ... the elements (arguments) involved are always stated the the left and the right of jía. Also no need for evidential markers ... the world of béu considers evidentials as appropriate for the human world ... but the world of mathematics is so far beyond the human world ... to have evidentials on a mathematical expression would be to drag the matheverse down into the dirt. Hence jía is an invarient particle. By the way jiagan = "equation".

..

3) The third function of jía is for considering contingencies. In English "if" is essential for considering contingencies. However "if" does not equate to jía. Let me explain ...

In English ... "if you go, they will kill you" ... two clauses ... the first introduced by "if" .... "if (A), (B)".

Sometimes "then" can introduce the second clause [ "if (A), then (B)"] but this is not considered essential in English. However some natlangs require a particle in front of the second clause. In Chinese the particle 就 jiù is needed.

béu requires in front of the first clause and jía in front of the second clause. For example ...

..

gò jiru jía gì dainuru => "if you go, they will kill you"

..

j-i-r-u jía dain-u-r-u
that go-2SG-IND-FUT "equative particle" you kill-3PL-IND-FUT

..

As well as Mandarin, French has a mechanism which is not a million miles away from the béu arrangement.

In classical and educated French, the complementizer "que" could function as a marker of protasis if the verb of the clause is in the subjunctive mood. The apodosis would be in the future tense, preceded by "et" (and) :

"Que je périsse, et elle périra" (périsse = subjunctive) = "if I perish, she will too"

"Si je péris, elle périra" (péris = indicative) = "if I perish, she will too"

..

* Now why have I set things up like this ... well in béu it is quite easy to define a clause. A clause is a chunk that contains one active verb (active verb = a verb having an "r" ). I guess I have set things up like this, so as to firmly draw a line between one clause constructions and two clause construction.

[ Note to self : why DO you want it like this ?]

..

... Here lies LIGA and TEKA

..

liga makes verbs which in themselves are quite compact more spread out. Possibly related to the verb ligai which means "to stay" or "to lie".

..

koʕia to cough liga koʕia "to be coughing", "to have a coughing fit"
timpa to hit liga timpa "to be hitting" or "to assault"

..

liga is never used with verbs that typically have an inherent long time duration. For example ...

*liga glarua beuba kewe would be translated as "I intend to be knowing the language of béu well" ... (not good in English either ... maybe OK in Indian English ?).

Simply glarua beuba kewe = "I intend to know the language of béu well" ... is more felicitous in both languages.

..

If translating from a language with a "perfective"/"imperfective" dichotomy, perhaps using liga for translation of the "imperfective" would work. However it should be dome sparingly. If every instance of "imperfective" was rendered with liga you would end up with a very very bad translation (the style would be judged attrocious by any béu speaker). Now in the very best register of béu this particle is used for a certain poetic effect, it is used sparingly and is not necessary for understanding what is being said. However people that are L1 speakers of a language having a perfective/imperfective tend to over-use liga. This is not really a problem, it just shows that they are not L1 béu speakers. Conversely people that are L1 speakers of language that lacks this distinction tend to not use liga enough. Again ... no real problem.

In certain situations liga can be translated as "keep". For example ...

liga doiku = keep walking

..

teka is the opposite of liga. It means "momentarily". Possibly related to the verb telka which means "to slip a little bit".

While in theory it can be used with almost any verb, it tends to be used disproportionately with a dozen or so verbs. For example ...

..

bwí to see liga bwí to watch over teka bwí to catch a glimpse
wòi to think liga wòi to ponder teka wòi to think for a moment
ʕái to want liga ʕái to yearn for teka ʕái to have an momentary urge

..

So there is assymetry between the usages of liga and teka ... liga used with many verbs albiet verbs of short duration ... teka, while in theory can be used with many verbs, in practice the verbs usually used with it are quite restricted.

..

... Kyù and jé discarded

..

In the previous sections we have seen how to give time information. However there is another way to give the time ... with respect to an evert or action.

We will cover seven particles in this section which allow us to give time information with respect to an event ... jé kyù koca beda kogan began and jindu.

..

= kyù* = "while" or "when"

koca = before

beda = after

kogan = until

began = since

jindu = as soon as


In a similar manner to English, they can either introduce a clause, a noun (that designates a time) or an infinitive phrase (by the way ... I strongly object to the term "infinitive clause")


“After I ate breakfast”

“After the gold rush”

“After the eating of my breakfast”


The above are all time adverb phrases. A time adverb phrase is a dependent clause** (called an under clause in béu) ... shown in red below. The main clause is shown in yellow.

..

TW 851.png

Tha arrow is the arrow of time*** ... with the past to the left (komo), and the future to the right (bene).

I have given events wavey borders to represent "not so well defined". So, for example, on the top diagram ... the main clause action could start before the under clause action ... it could also outlast the under clause action ... the important thing is that for a substantial amount of time, the two actions were going on at the same time.

In the bottom four examples I have made the under clause actions very short. This is for illustration purposes only. The under clause actions can actually have any length ... depend on the verb/situation.

Now these five examples show how two clauses can be joined in a timewise fashion. The béu rules are quite similar to English. That is ...

A) the under clause must be introduced with one of these 6 particles.

B) we can have main clause and then the under clause ... or the other way around.

Here are examples to illustrate the 5 examples above ...

..

1) kyù/ = while, as, when, during ........ ( note to self : jé is definite : kyù not so ... = if ?? )

pás pintu saikaru kyù gís pazba saikiru = "I will paint the door, while you paint the table"

kyù gís pazba saikiru_pás pintu saikaru = "while you paint the table, I will paint the door"

kyù saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "while painting the table, you smoked"

..

2) koca = before

pazba saikaru koca pintu (saikaru) = "I will paint the table before (I will paint) the door"

koca pintu saikaru_pazba saikaru = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"

koca saiko pintu_pás pazba saikaru = "before painting the door, I will paint the table"

..

3) beda = after

pintu saikaru beda pazba (saikaru) = "I will paint the door after (I will paint) the table"

beda pazba saikaru_pintu saikaru = "before I paint the door, I will paint the table"

beda saiko pazba_pás pintu saikaru = "after painting the table, I will paint the door"

..

If you wanted to emphasize that the first action will continue until the second action you would use ...

4) kogan = until

gís huʒiri kogan dare saiko pazba = "you smoked until I started to paint the table"

kogan dare saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "until I started to paint the table, you smoked"

kogan día saiko pazba_gís huʒiri = "until starting to paint the table, you smoked"

..

If you wanted to emphasize that the first action has been continuing all the time since the second action you would use ...

5) began = since

gís ʔès huʒira figo care saiko pazba = "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"

gí-s ʔès huʒ-i-r-a began c-a-r-e saiko pazba
you-ERG already smoke-2S-IND-PRES since stop-1S-IND-PAST painting table

==> "you have smoked since I stopped painting the table"

began care saiko pazba_gís huʒira = "since I stopped painting the table you have smoked"

began cùa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira = "since stopping painting the table, you have smoked" ... [By the way ... began ìa saiko pazba_gís ʔès huʒira = "since finishing painting the table, you have smoked" ]

..

There is one added complication in the above scheme ... if the intersect time of the two actions is in the future, then jindu (<jín "a moment" + "exact") can be used instead of began.

..

TW 852.png

..

* In most situations and kyù can be used interchangeably. However only kyù can take the adverbial marker (kyùas = meanwhile) and only can be used to introduce the time of day number.


** I guess I should say what is the difference between a main clause and an under clause. (I should read about what other linguists say about this some day). Take the sentences ...

(1) I will finish this drink before I go home. ......... (2) I will go home after I finish this drink.

In terms of pure logic these both mean exactly the same. Also the choice of whether a verb is in the main or the under clause says nothing about the speakers attidude towards that verb ... i.e. relish, disgust, foreboding, sadness etc. But is seems that the verb in the main clause is the target of the speakers determination/willpower/resolve whereas the verb in the underclause is the target of nothing. I guess you can say it is background material..


*** The organization of the Chinese writting system seems to have affected the language itself. The primary writing direction was top_to_bottom so of course the calendar was written top_to_bottom as well. From that "above" got associated with "the past" and "below got associated with "the future".

午 wǔ "noon" : 上 shàng "above" : 下 xià "under" => 上午 shàngwǔ "morning" : 下午 xiàwǔ "afternoon"

A similar thing happened in béu. The practitioners of béu are above all engineers and the algebraic convention of having time along the horizontal axis has affected the language somewhat.

..

... Word building

..

Many words in béu are constructed from amalgamating two basic words. The constructed word is non-basic semantically ... maybe one of the concepts needed for a particular field of study.

..

In béu when 2 nouns are come together the second noun acts as an attribute of the first*. For example ...

toili nandau (literally "book word" ... "book" is the head and "word" is the attribute).

Now the person who first thought of the idea of compiling a list of words along with their meaning would have called this thing he created toili nandau.

However over the years as the concept toili nandau became more and more common, toili nandau would have morphed into nandəli.

Often when this process happens the resulting construction has a narrower meaning than the original two word phrase.

..

There are 4 steps in this word building process ...

1) Swap positions : toili nandau => *nandau toili

2) Delete syllable : *nandau toili => *nandau li

3) Vowel becomes schwa : *nandau li => *nandə li

4) Merge the components : *nandə li => nandəli

TW 667.png

In the above, the only valid constructions are toili nandau and nandəli. The other constructions are only shown for demonstration purposes. From now on I will leave out the * (indicating non-validity) Below are a number of examples. They are divided up into sets, depending on how many syllables in the head and how many in the attribute.

..

... head 2 : attribute 2

..

[Note to self : are you totally happy with this example ?]

laŋku = shadow, reflection

miaka = echo, response, effect

Which produce miakəka meaning "subtle influence" or "to subtly influence"

TW 672.png

..

And the case when the attribute ends in a consonant ...

megau plus peugan : "body of knowledge" + "society"

1) Swap positions : peugan megau

2) Delete syllable : peugan gau

3) Delete the coda and neutralize the vowel : peugan gau => peugə gau

4) Merge the components :peugə gau => peugəgau

TW 670.png

..

And the case when the main word has a double consonant before the end vowel ...

kanfai plus gozo : "merchant" + "fruit"

1) Swap positions : gozo kanfai

2) Delete syllable : gozo fai ............................. Note kan is deleted, not just ka

3) Vowel before the final consonant becomes schwa :gozo fai => gozə fai

4) Merge the components : gozə fai => gozəfai

TW 671.png

..

... head 2 : attribute 1

..

nandau plus sài : "word" + "colour"

1) Swap positions : sài nandau

2) Delete syllable : sài dau

3) ---

4) Merge the components : sài dau => saidau

TW 669.png

Note that in this case the semantic difference between nandau sài and saidau is quite large ... we have aboiut 10 of the first but around 1,000 of the second.

..

ifan plus kwò : "duo" + "wheel"

( kwò "wheel" is related to kwè "to turn")

1) Swap positions : kwò ifan

2) Delete syllable : kwò fan

3) ---

4) Merge the components : kwò fan => kwofan

TW 815.png

..

... head 1 : attribute 2

..

And when the head is a monosyllable ...

plus deuta : "manner" + "soldier"

1) Swap positions : wé deuta => deuta wé

2) ---

3) Vowel becomes schwa : deuta wé => deutɘ wé

4) Merge the components : deutə wé => deutəwe

TW 668.png

..

... head 1 : attribute 1

..

wèu plus  : "vehicle" + "row"/"series"

1) Swap positions : wèu sò => sò wèu

2) ---

3) ---

4) Merge the components : sò wèu => soweu

TW 924.png

..

sword.spear => weaponry ... shield.helmet => armour, protection ... knife.fork => cuttlery ... table.chair => furniture

There are no cases where both contributing words are monosyllables.


As with the schwa-form and the i-form verbs ... the schwa is represented by cross.

When spelling words out, this cross is pronounced as kano ... meaning "link", "connector", "connection", "association" or "relationship".

Notice that when you hear nandəli, deutəwe or peugəgau you know that they are a non-basic words (because of the schwa).

This method of word building is only used for nouns.

..

* Actually there are three words that can be used to bind the two words together ... perhaps if you want to make the relationship between the two more concrete. These words are "property, "master"/"lord" and kài "kind"/"type"

waudo yó bàu = "the man's dog", bàu gù waudo = "the man who owns a/the dog", loweu kài hauheu = "a/the school bus"

But as I said before, usually speakers are happy to drop these linking words.

By the way "whose" can be translated into béu using the construction ... "the man whose dog bit me" => bàu gù waudo nài pà ilkori ... in theory this construction is ambiguous ...

1) the man (who owns a dog) bit me

2) the man whose dog bit me

Actually easy to tell apart as 1) is a complete clause and 2) is only a part of a clause. Also if 1) was meant a pause would be introduced. That is 1) = bàu gù waudo_nài pà ilkore

..

... The particles làu, kài, "wé nài" and ?à ... this is quite complicated

..

There are 4 main uses for làu

..

1] The first use is when we are using the extended number set. làu stands between the noun (senko) and the extended number ...

..

3,05112 elephants => sadu làu uba wú odaija

sadu làu uba odaija
elephant "partitive particle" 3 123 51

..

Note ... the singular form of senko always used when quantity is given by this method.

We have already touched on this in the previous chapter [ see the section Numbers ... (the extended set) ].

I call làu a partitive particle when it is doing this function.

To the left of làu, the noun always has a generic meaning hence in this position it would never take the kai prefix. [ cf. sadu = elephant : kaizadu = elephant-kind, "the elephant" (as a species) ... see the next chapter ]

So *kaisadu làu uba wú odaija is illegal.

This construction is often seen with "magnifier" duplication ...

sadu làu wú wú = thousands of elephants : sadu làu nàin nàin = millions of elephants : sadu làu hungu hungu = billions of elephants

When specifying an amount of an olus, làu is use with any number, not just with an extended number ...

..

Two cups of hot milk => ʔazwo pona làu hói hoŋko

?azwo pona làu hói hoŋko
milk hot "partitive particle" 3 cup

..

2] I also call làu a partitive particle when it is doing its second function ...

..

Three of these doctors => moltai.a dí làu léu

moltai.a làu léu
doctors this "partitive particle" 3

..

Note ... the plural form of senko is always used for this construction.

..

Two cups of this hot milk => ʔazwo pona dí làu hói hoŋko

?azwo pona làu hói hoŋko
milk hot this "partitive particle" 3 cup

..

Of course, for an olus there is no plural form.

This second construction is used when we are taking a portion of a larger amount. The first construction is used when we are taking a portion of X out of the sum total of all the X in the universe.

For the olus, there is not so much difference between function 1) and function 2).

..

3] I also call làu a qualitative particle when it is doing its third function. Here làu is equivalent to English "as" in some of "as"'s functions ...

..

Question ... tomo r jutu láu => "how big is Thomas ?"

Answer[A] .... tomo r jutu làu jono => "Thomas is as big as John"

Answer[B] .... tomo r wì jutu jonowo => "Thomas is less big than John"

Answer[C] .... tomo r yú jutu jonowo => "Thomas is bigger than John"

Answer[D] .... tomo bù r jutu làu jono => "Thomas is not as big as John"


TW 925.png

Notice that D, invariably in English, makes Thomas smaller than John. Not so in béu. A B and C tend to be used a lot more than D.

Note ... in English, in the negative, "so" can be used instead of "as" .... "not as good as" = "not so good as"

[Note to self : get rid of -ge ? .... use it only in NP ? an alternative to C ? ]

This usage is not just for copula+adjective constructions, it can also be used for verb+adverb constructions ...

Thomas thinks as fast as John => tomo wòr sacois làu jono

Also ... Thomas thinks faster than John => tomo wòr yú sacois jonowo etc.

..

4] In most languages you can drop certain components if they are obvious from the context. And when you do this there is no other differences to the sentence (as far as I know). Not so in béu. Sometimes làu must become jía when a verb/copula is overt. Take the example tomo wòr sacois làu jono "Thomas thinks as fast as John" ... obviously "John thinks" is underlying here. However if you want to make "John thinks" overt you must change làu to jía ...

Thomas thinks as fast as John thinks => tomo wòr sacois jía jono wòr

Now why have I set things up like this ... well in béu it is quite easy to define a clause. A clause is a chunk that contains one active verb (one verb containing a verb). It is to firmly draw a line between one clause constructions and two clause constructions that I insist on làu => jía

Here is an other example of jía in action ...

tomo r jini jía bù byór jò banhain = Thomas is so clever that he doesn't have to go to school

Here is the above in different words (a bit of revision) ... tomo r jini jía bù r neʒi gò jòr banhain ... but in béu the shorter version is always preferred.

And another example of the làu/jía split ...

Thomas walks as much as John (walks) => tomo doikor làu jono or tomo doikor jía jono doikar

And I think I should mention the construction ... tomo doikar hè jía jono doikar. This means the same as above plus the information that they both walk a lot.

..

..

1] I also call kài a qualitative particle when it is doing its first function ...

..

jono r kài dada ò
john is like older brother} his

=> John is like his older brother

jono r kài dada
john is like/as older brother}

=> John is like my older brother

[Note to self : get rid of the above example]

..

2] Sometimes kài can best be translated as "made of" ...

a/the wooden house => nambo kài wuda

the house is made of wood => nambo r kài wuda

..

3] Sometimes kài can best be translated as "for" ...

water for drinking => moze kài solbe

water for washing clothes => moze kài laudo

this water is for washing clothing => moze dí r kài laudo

(in the above three examples, kài and what follows it can be considerd an adjective)

..

4) In the fourth function kài actually merges with a following senko ...

elephant = sadu

elephant-kind = kaizadu

this is actually a noun, the idea being something like "that which is like an elephant"

[ Note ... it is interesting that the béu word for "species" is kaija. Probably from " kài aja ", aja being an obsolete word for "one". ]

..

5) In its fifth function kài actually merges with a following saidau ...

red = hìa

reddish = kaihia

..

6) And the sixth function ...

r gombuʒi kài jono
you are argumentative like John

=> you are argumentative like John .............................. i.e. in the same manner ... for example ... shouting over other people when they try and put forward their arguments

..

This only is applicable to "complicated "adjectives ... adjectives that like have internal structure. I find it difficult to imagine a situation where this construction would be suitable for an adjective like "short".

I see short as one dimensional while I see gombuʒi as multifaceted.

You are treating gombuʒi ss one dimensional when you say ...

..

r làu gombuʒi kài jono
you are as argumentative like John

=> you are as argumentative like John ................ (function 4 for làu and function 1 for kài)

..

So there we have it ... 4 functions for làu and 7 for kài. It is fitting to introduce wé nài at this point because wé nài's usuage overlaps with kài.

..

r gombuʒi nài jono
you are argumentative manner that John

..

This means exactly the same as the last example for kài

The above can be considered a contraction of gì r gombuʒi wé nài jono r or gì r gombuʒi wé nài jono r gombuʒi

We can see that now we have two clauses. In béu, one active verb means one clause ... very simple. So in the béu linguistic tradition ...

gì r gombuʒi wé nài jono r = 2 clauses : gì r gombuʒi wé nài jono = 1 clause ...... even though both these examples mean the same.

..

Now the wé nài construction has no subtle way to indicate whether we are thinking of gombuʒi as a one dimensional concept or as a multifaceted concept.

Hence gì r gombuʒi wé nài jono also means "you are argumentative to the same degree as John"

You must use your knowledge of the situation to disambiguate. For example in ...

..

jono-s huz-o-r nài kulno
john-ERG smoke-3SG-IND as chimney

=> John smokes as a chimney

..

It is obvious that John's smoking can in no way resemble a chimney, and we must be talking about "degree" here.

jono-s huz-o-r kulno
john-ERG smoke-3SG-IND like chimney

=> John smokes like a chimney

= like, as much as

..

XXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXX

..




Note ... all the above should be actually two clauses but because of truncation ... [ a chimney ] <= [ a chimney smokes ] ... [ before ] <= [ she used deceit before ] ... [ John ] <= [ John is argumentative ] ... [ agreed ] <= [ all parties agreed ] ... [ John ] <= [ John is ] ... these constructions often appear as if only a NP follows kài.

Usually for particles that can either be followed by a NP or a clause, I add after the particle when a clause follows. This is to prevent errors in comprehention. For example means "for" and is followed by a NP (usually a person). I have jì gò meaning "in order that" ... jì gò being followed by a clause. In béu the first word of a clause is often a noun. If I had meaning "in order that" there might be misunderstanding (albeit temporary). English does this also in many constructions [ I should go into this more fully ??? ]. Of course I could have a totally different particle for "in order that" but I wanted to emphasis the semantic overlap between these to constructions.

But there is no chance of misunderstanding when kài is heard ... it is always followed by a clause. Even in (5) what we have is a clause. The clause is jono r (with the r dropped). Actually kài means "in the manner or roll specified" ... the last bit added to include cases like (5).

..

Note ... kài can not be followed by an adjective.


There are 5 nouns that are associated with 5 of these above question word / indefinite pairs. làus = amount, quantity : kàin = kind, sort, type : dàs = place : kyùs accasion, time : sàin = reason, cause, origin

These 5 nouns are never followed by nài. The table below is interesting. It shows the logical equivalence of a hypothetical expession (on the LHS) and the logical equivalent actually used (on the RHS).

..

*làus nài => làu

*kàin nài => kài

*dàs nài =>

*kyùs nài => kyù

*sàin nài => sài

..

There are two adjectives associated with these question word / particle pairs. laubo meaning "enough" and kaibo meaning "suitable".

Also there are two nouns associated with these question word / particle pairs. lauja meaning "level" and kaija meaning "species/model".


sài = because of

dari solbe sài ò = I started to drink because of her .................................................. sài ò can be considered an adverb of reason.

Note ... sài means "because of" ... sài gò means "because"


To say something like "john is as good at writing as jane" you have to use ʔà (or ʔàbis) ... see the next section.

..

Note that 3) and 8) do not mean the same thing ... kài defines a multi-characteristic concept (thing or action) while làu specifies position* on a uni-characteristic scale. [* or "degree" or "amount"]. So làu introduces only a quantity and kài intruduces a quality or manner.

..

TW 621.png

..

I find the above table interesting. It is skewed ... OK pí wé nài ("in the manner that") can be used but it hardly ever is. Usually kài = "in the manner that". Why is it skewed ? My answer is ...

"For everyone the most important things around them are other people. And the most important "attribute" of a person is "how" they behave."

Hence kài has supplanted pí wé nài.

Also notice that any adjective outwith a NP has to be introduced by the copula, hence sàu kài instead of simply kài.

..

Note ... nù r làu jutu saduwo and nù r jutu kài sadu do not mean the same thing ... nù r làu jutu saduwo would be said when you have one specific sadu "elephant" in mind.

So nù r làu jutu saduwo => "they're as big as the elephant" ... nù r jutu kài sadu would be said when you are talking about elephants in general. So => "they're as big as elephants"

..


jono-s klud-o-r nài tomo-s klud-o-r
john-ERG writes-3SG-IND like/as thomas-ERG writes-3SG-IND

=> John writes like Thomas writes ........................................................ in the following examples kài and what follows can be considerd an adverb of manner.


jono-s klud-o-r nài tomo-s
john-ERG writes-3SG-IND like/as thomas-ERG

=> John writes like Thomas ...........................................Note ... the final verb has been dropped but Thomas keeps the ergative marking.




taud-o-r-a nài hunwu húa gayana
to be annoyed-3SG-IND-PRES like/as bear with head aching

=> he/she is annoyed like a bear with a headache

(Note to self .... is gayana still valid)


?oim-o-r-a nài fiʒi moze
not to be happy-3SG-IND-PRES like/as fish out water

=> he/she is unhappy like a fish out of water



Note ... the wide variety of things being compared ... clause to clause : clause to noun : noun to noun

..



Good, Better, Best

..

làu is part of a larger paradigm ... the comparative paradigm ... demonstrating with the help of bòi ("good") ...

..

>>> boimo best
> boige better
= làu bòi as good
< boizo less good
<<< boizmo least good

..

The top and the bottom items are the superlative degree and so have no "standard of comparison".

The fourth one down is used less frequently than the second one down. This is because its sentiment is sometimes expressed by negating the third one down. For example ...

gì bù r làu bòi pawo = "you're not as good as me" can be used instead of gì r boizo pawo "you are less good than me"

[ actually gì r boizo pawo would be the normal way to express this sentiment. But gì bù r làu bòi pawo would be used, for example, as a retort to "I'm as good as you" ]

The superlative forms are found as nouns more often than as adjectives. That is boimo and boizmo are rarer than boimos and boizmos. (see table below)

..

boimos = the best : bàu boimo = the best man

boizmos = the least good : bàu boizmo = the least good man

..

[ you are argumentative like John but you are even worse ] ... explain this more

... ?ài

..

The same or not the same

..

ʔài = "same"

bù ʔài = "different"

Note ... for "the other", NP before the verb : for "another", NP after the verb)

1a) jono lé jene sùr ʔài bèn = "John and Jane are the same" ... logically the bèn is unnecessary, but it is often included ... euphony.

1b) jono r ʔài jenewo = "John is the same as Jane"

The above two examples are ambiguous as to whether John and Jane are the same w.r.t. one characteristic or the same w.r.t. all characteristic.

2a) jono lé jene r ʔài jutuwo = "John and Jane are the same size"

2b) *jono r ʔài jenewo jutuwo = "John is the same as Jane, sizewise" = "John is the same size as Jane"

The above is not allowed ... there is a rule saying that you can't have two consecutive -wo endings. So 2b) has to be re-assembled as ...

jono r làu jutu jenewo .... see Ch2.11.1

[Note jutuwo is derived from jutumiwo but the mi "ness" is invariably dropped.

ʔàibis = similar

ʔài dù = exactly the same

ʔaimai = similarity

lomai = difference

To say something like "John is as good at writing as Jane" we can not say *jono r làu bòi jenewo kludauwo [ ??? ] [ two consecutive -wo no good ? ]

You must use a sort of topic comment construction.

wo kludau bòi_jene r ʔài jonowo or wo kludau bòi_jene lé jono r ʔài


... The 7 types versus basic types

..

I have heard of people constucting languages and their main aim from the start was to create a language that contained only nouns or only verbs or what have you. I have always considered this a bit silly ... however it appears that I have arrived at such a position myself ... well at least as to the non-derived (basic form) of the words*.

..

TW 824.png

..

The base form of béu verbs are the manga which you can consider an "infinitive" or a "verbal noun". "MaSdar" if you will. To get a finite verb [called a "hook word" in béu] it must go through a derivational process [see Ch 3.1 for more information].

The béu adjectives seem to straddle two categoties ... nouns and adjectives. For example gèu means both "green" and "greenness" ("the green one" is represented by the saidaus gèus). But this is similar to many languages. For example in the English phrase "green is good", "green" must be a noun.

In béu (as in English) gèu will most often occur as an adjective. In béu when gèu must appear as a noun in a position where it might be mistaken for an adjective it is put into a NP with head kuwai ... kuwai = property, quality, attribute, characteristic, feature. So kuwai gèu is a NP meaning "greenness". In English when "green" must appear as a noun in a position where it might be mistaken for an adjective, it is changed into a noun with the affiX "ness" of course.

By the way ... there is one sure way to check if a word is saidau or not. If a word can take the intensifier sowe then the word is saidau (or a saidaun but you know it is saidau if it doesn't end in n)

(Note to self ... what béu word class is kuwai )

As a theoretical basis I am following Basic Theory as forwarded by RMW Dixon in his trilogy of the same name. I don't consider béu to diverge from Basic Theory. Just some of my categories are sub-categories of Basic Theory categories.

*In the chart we are ignoring grammatical words ... the fengi.

..

..... The 7 types of word

..

All words belong to one of the following 7 categories ...

..

1) fengi = particle ... this is a sort of "hold-all" category for all words (and affixes) that don't neatly fit into the other categories. Interjections, numbers, pronouns, conjunctions, determiners and certain words that would be classed as adverbs in English, are all classed as fengi.

An example is Í .. the preposition indicating the dative.

..

TW 817.png

..

2) senko = object

An example is bàu ... "a man"

..

3) olus = material, stuff

An example is moze ... "water"

..

4) saidau = adjective

An example is nelau ... "dark blue"

..

5) manga = a noun ... closest to the infinitive in English ... also I call it "verb base" as finite verbs are built up from this form.

An example is twá ... "to meet" (the concept of "meet" disassociated from any arguments, tense, aspect or whatever).

..

6) mangan = a noun. A mangan represents one instance of the activity denoted by the manga. For example ...

twán ... "a\the meeting"

..

7) saidaun = a noun derived from an adjective. The saidaus means an object possessing the property denoted by the saidau.

An example is nelaun = a/the dark blue one : nò nelaun = a/the dark blue ones

..

TW 819.png

..

The mangan and saidaun are transparently derived from manga and saidau so there is no need to list them separately in a dictionary.

..

..... Correlatives

I GOT RID OF THE CORRELATIVE SPECIAL SYMBOLS ... TO CLEVER BY HALF


TW 796.png

..

uda everywhere uku always ubu everybody ufan everything
juda nowhere juku never jubu nobody jufan nothing
ida anywhere iku anytime ibu anybody ifan anything
eda somewhere eku sometime ebu somebody efan something


The above 16 correlatives all have a special symbols (ignore the blue and red squares).

If you wants to make plural any word from the last two rows, you must revert to the nearest generic noun available and build up a NP in the normal way..


ida anywhere iku anytime ibu anybody ifan anything
nò dà ín any places nò kyù ín any times abua ín any people fanyoi ín any things
eda somewhere eku sometime ebu somebody efan something
nò dà èn some places nò kyù èn some times abua èn some people fanyoi èn some things


A further 3 of these special symbols are shown below ....

..

TW 797.png

..

The short-hand forms are always used.

..


(Note to self : resolve the stuff below)

The columns are related to the words ... dàn = place ... kyùs = time/occasion ... glabu = person ... fanyo = thing

ubu can mean "each person" and "all the people". If they act together uwe can be added. If they act individually bajawe can be added.

..

..... Some anaphora rubbish

WELL I MIGHT GET A PARTICLE OR TWO FROM THE BELOW ... SO ???

..

ò is used to represent an person, mentioned before, and still current in everybody's mind.

ʃì is used to represent an object, mentioned before, and still current in everybody's mind.

is used to represent an scenario, mentioned before, and still current in everybody's mind.

The above would be used in such sentences as ... "She acquiesced to return to Crosby's hotel room ... which was a very bad idea".

..

Four (five with nai.as ?) other particles also take -as. They are ...

lau.as to that degree, as much as .... will not
kai.as thus, so, in that way
sai.as for that reason

English uses that for anaphora in the above examples.

All these words are overwhelmingly/always ? utterance final.


..

TW 676.png

..

..... Old morning/afternoon

..

falaja = afternoon : falajas = in the afternoon/every afternoon .... (jé) falaja = in the afternoon ......

yildos = morning : yildozas = in the morning/every morning ....... (jé) falaja = in the afternoon .......

..

..... Index

  1. Introduction to Béu
  2. Béu : Chapter 1 : The Sounds
  3. Béu : Chapter 2 : The Noun
  4. Béu : Chapter 3 : The Verb
  5. Béu : Chapter 4 : Adjective
  6. Béu : Chapter 5 : Questions
  7. Béu : Chapter 6 : Derivations
  8. Béu : Chapter 7 : Way of Life 1
  9. Béu : Chapter 8 : Way of life 2
  10. Béu : Chapter 9 : Word Building
  11. Béu : Chapter 10 : Gerund Phrase
  12. Béu : Discarded Stuff
  13. A statistical explanation for the counter-factual/past-tense conflation in conditional sentences